Forage Plotinus · Enneads · VI.7 How the Multitude of Forms Came to Be, and On the Good
Plotinus · Enneads

VI.7 How the Multitude of Forms Came to Be, and On the Good

Περὶ τοῦ πῶς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἰδεῶν ὑπέστη καὶ περὶ τἀγαθοῦ · Plotinus explains why the Forms are complete and living in Intellect, and why the Good draws all things to it. · no. 38 in order of writing

ListenRead by George · AI voice · 1 hr 54 min (this part) · 28 hr 45 min in all
Chapters

    MP3 of this part (55 MB)

    GreekEnglish

    Εἰς γένεσιν πέμπων ὁ θεὸς ἢ θεός τις τὰς ψυχὰς φωσφόρα περὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἔθηκεν ὄμματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὄργανα ταῖς αἰσθήσεσιν ἑκάσταις ἔδωκε προορώμενος, ὡς οὕτως ἂν σώζοιτο, εἰ προορῷτο καὶ προακούοι καὶ ἁψαμένη τὸ μὲν φεύγοι, τὸ δὲ διώκοι. πόθεν δὴ προιδὼν ταῦτα; οὐ γὰρ δὴ πρότερον γενομένων ἄλλων, εἶτα δι’ ἀπουσίαν αἰσθήσεων φθαρέντων, ἔδωκεν ὕστερον ἃ ἔχοντες ἔμελλον ἄνθρωποι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα τὸ παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι. ἢ εἴποι ἄν τις, ᾔδει, ὅτι ἐν θερμοῖς καὶ ψυχροῖς ἔσοιτο τὸ ζῷον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις σωμάτων πάθεσι· ταῦτα δὲ εἰδώς, ὅπως μὴ φθείροιτο ῥᾳδίως τῶν ζῴων τὰ σώματα, τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι ἔδωκε, καὶ δι’ ὧν ἐνεργήσουσιν αἱ αἰσθήσεις ὀργάνων. ἀλλ’ ἤτοι ἐχούσαις τὰς δυνάμεις ἔδωκε τὰ ὄργανα ἢ ἄμφω.

    When the god, or some god, was sending souls into becoming, he set light-bearing eyes about the face and gave the other organs to each of the senses, foreseeing that the creature would be preserved in this way: if it could see and hear in advance, and by touching could flee one thing and pursue another. But from what did he foresee this? It was not that other creatures came to be first and then perished for lack of senses, and so he later gave what humans and the other living beings would need to have in order to guard against harm. Or someone might say: he knew that the living being would be among hot and cold and the other affections of bodies; and knowing this, so that the bodies of living beings would not easily perish, he gave them perception and the organs through which the senses would be active. But either he gave the organs to souls that already had the powers, or he gave both.

    Plotinus is paraphrasing Plato, Timaeus 45a–b, where the gods fit the face with “light-bearing eyes.”

    ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν ἔδωκε καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, οὐκ ἦσαν αἰσθητικαὶ πρότερον ψυχαὶ οὖσαι· εἰ δ’ εἶχον, ὅτε ἐγένοντο ψυχαί, καὶ ἐγένοντο, ἵν’ εἰς γένεσιν ἴωσι, σύμφυτον αὐταῖς τὸ εἰς γένεσιν ἰέναι. παρὰ φύσιν ἄρα τὸ ἀπὸ γενέσεως καὶ ἐν τῷ νοητῷ εἶναι· καὶ πεποίηνται δή, ἵνα ἄλλου ὦσι καὶ ἵνα ἐν κακῷ εἶεν· καὶ ἡ πρόνοια, ἵνα σώζοιντο ἐν τῷ κακῷ, καὶ ὁ λογισμὸς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ οὗτος καὶ ὅλως λογισμός. ἀρχαὶ δὲ λογισμῶν τίνες; καὶ γάρ, εἰ ἐξ ἄλλων λογισμῶν, δεῖ ἐπί τι πρὸ λογισμοῦ ἢ τινά γε πάντως ἰέναι. τίνες οὖν ἀρχαί; ἢ γὰρ αἴσθησις ἢ νοῦς. ἀλλὰ αἴσθησις μὲν οὔπω· νοῦς ἄρα.

    But if he gave the senses too, then before that they were not perceptive, though they were souls. And if they had them when they came to be souls, and came to be in order to go into becoming, then going into becoming is innate to them. In that case it is against their nature to be away from becoming and in the intelligible; they have been made to belong to something else and to be in evil; providence exists so that they may be preserved in evil; and this is the god’s reasoning, and reasoning as a whole. But what are the starting points of reasonings? Even if they come from other reasonings, we must in any case arrive at something, or some things, prior to reasoning. What, then, are the starting points? Either perception or intellect. But not perception, not yet. Intellect, then.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ νοῦς αἱ προτάσεις, τὸ συμπέρασμα ἐπιστήμη· περὶ αἰσθητοῦ οὐδενὸς ἄρα. οὗ γὰρ ἀρχὴ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ νοητοῦ, τελευτὴ δὲ εἰς νοητὸν ἀφικνεῖται, πῶς ἔνι ταύτην τὴν ἕξιν πρὸς αἰσθητοῦ διανόησιν ἀφικνεῖσθαι; οὔτ’ οὖν ζῴου πρόνοια οὔθ’ ὅλως τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς ἐκ λογισμοῦ ἐγένετο· ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ὅλως λογισμὸς ἐκεῖ, ἀλλὰ λέγεται λογισμὸς εἰς ἔνδειξιν τοῦ πάντα οὕτως, ὡς ἄν τις σοφὸς ἐκ λογισμοῦ ἐν τοῖς ὑστέροις, καὶ προόρασις, ὅτι οὕτως, ὡς ἄν τις σοφὸς ἐν τοῖς ὕστερον προίδοιτο. ἐν γὰρ τοῖς μὴ γενομένοις πρὸ λογισμοῦ ὁ λογισμὸς χρήσιμον ἀπορίᾳ δυνάμεως τῆς πρὸ λογισμοῦ, καὶ προόρασις, ὅτι μὴ ἦν δύναμις τῷ προορῶντι, καθ’ ἣν οὐκ ἐδεήθη προοράσεως.

    But if the premises are intellect, the conclusion is knowledge, and so it concerns nothing perceptible. Where the starting point comes from the intelligible and the end arrives at the intelligible, how could this state arrive at thinking about something perceptible? So neither the providence for a living being nor the providence for this All as a whole came from reasoning. For there is no reasoning There at all. It is called “reasoning” to show that all is as a wise man would arrange it by reasoning, among later things; and “foresight,” because it is as a wise man would foresee it, among things that come later. Among things that did not come to be before reasoning, reasoning is useful for lack of the power that is prior to reasoning; and foresight is useful because the one who foresees did not have a power by which he would have no need of foresight.

    καὶ γὰρ ἡ προόρασις, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο, καὶ οἷον φοβεῖται τὸ μὴ τοιοῦτον· οὗ δὲ τοῦτο μόνον, οὐ προόρασις· καὶ ὁ λογισμὸς τοῦτο ἀντὶ τούτου. μόνου δ’ ὄντος θατέρου τί καὶ λογίζεται; πῶς οὖν τὸ μόνον καὶ ἓν καὶ ἁπλῶς ἔχει ἀναπτυσσόμενον τὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο; καὶ ἔμελλε γὰρ τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, καὶ χρήσιμον τοῦτο ἀνεφάνη καὶ σωτήριον τοῦτο γενόμενον. προείδετο ἄρα καὶ προελογίσατο ἄρα. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ νῦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς λεχθὲν τὰς αἰσθήσεις διὰ τοῦτο ἔδωκε καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ἄπορος ἡ δόσις καὶ πῶς. οὐ μὴν ἀλλ’ εἰ δεῖ ἑκάστην ἐνέργειαν μὴ ἀτελῆ εἶναι, μηδὲ θέμις τοῦ θεοῦ ὁτιοῦν ὂν ἄλλο τι νομίζειν ἢ ὅλον τε καὶ πᾶν, δεῖ ἐν ὁτῳοῦν τῶν αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐνυπάρχειν.

    For foresight aims at this rather than that, and as it were fears what is not like this; but where there is only this, there is no foresight. Reasoning, too, is this instead of that. But if only one of the two exists, what is there to reason about? How, then, could what is alone and one and simple contain, unfolded, the “this, so as not to be that”? Or “this would have happened, if not this,” and “this proved useful” and “this, once it came to be, preserved”? So he foresaw, then, and reasoned beforehand? And so too with what was said at the start, that he gave the senses and the powers for this reason, however perplexing the giving, and its manner, may be. All the same, if each activity must not be incomplete, and if it is not right to think that anything belonging to the god is anything but whole and all, then everything must be present in any one of his things.

    δεῖ τοίνυν [καὶ τοῦ ἀεὶ εἶναι,] καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος [ὡς] ἤδη παρόντος εἶναι. οὐ δὴ ὕστερόν τι ἐν ἐκείνῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἤδη ἐκεῖ παρὸν ὕστερον ἐν ἄλλῳ γίνεται. εἰ οὖν ἤδη πάρεστι τὸ μέλλον, ἀνάγκη οὕτω παρεῖναι, ὡς προνενοημένον εἰς τὸ ὕστερον· τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν, ὡς μηδὲν δεῖσθαι μηδενὸς τότε, τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ μηδὲν ἐλλείψοντος. πάντα ἄρα ἤδη ἦν καὶ ἀεὶ ἦν καὶ οὕτως ἦν, ὡς εἰπεῖν ὕστερον τόδε διὰ τόδε· ἐκτεινόμενον μὲν γὰρ καὶ οἷον ἁπλούμενον ἔχει δεικνύναι τόδε μετὰ τόδε, ὁμοῦ δὲ ὂν πᾶν τόδε· τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν.

    So it must belong [to what always is, and] to the future, [as] already present. There is nothing later in that; what is already present There comes to be later in something else. If, then, the future is already present, it must be present as if foreseen for what comes later, that is, so as to need nothing then, that is, so as to lack nothing. So all things already were, and always were, and were in such a way that one could say later, “this because of this.” Extended and, as it were, unfolded, it can show this after this; but being all together, it is all this; and that means having its cause in itself as well.

    διὸ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἄν τις οὐχ ἧττον καταμάθοι τὴν νοῦ φύσιν, ἣν κἂν πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ὁρῶμεν, οὐδ’ ὣς ὅσον ἐστὶ τὸ νοῦ χρῆμα ὁρῶμεν. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὅτι δίδομεν αὐτὸν ἔχειν, τὸ δὲ διότι οὐκέτι, ἤ, εἰ δοίημεν, χωρίς. καὶ ὁρῶμεν ἄνθρωπον ἢ ὀφθαλμόν, εἰ τύχοι, ὥσπερ ἄγαλμα ἢ ἀγάλματος· τὸ δέ ἐστιν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος καὶ διὰ τί ἄνθρωπος, εἴπερ καὶ νοερὸν αὐτὸν δεῖ τὸν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον εἶναι καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ διὰ τί — ἢ οὐκ ἂν ὅλως εἴη, εἰ μὴ διὰ τί — ἐνταῦθα δὲ ὥσπερ ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν χωρίς, οὕτω καὶ τὸ διὰ τί. ἐκεῖ δ’ ἐν ἑνὶ πάντα, ὥστε ταὐτὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τὸ διὰ τί τοῦ πράγματος.

    That is why one could learn the nature of Intellect from this no less than from anything else. Even if we see more of it than of other things, even so we do not see how great a thing Intellect is. We grant that it has the “that,” but not the “why,” or, if we do grant it, as something separate. And we see a man, or an eye, as it may be, as a statue or part of a statue. But what is There is man and the why of man, if indeed the man There must himself be intellectual; and eye and the why of eye—or it would not be There at all, without its why. Here, just as each of the parts is separate, so is the why. There all is in one, so that the thing and the why of the thing are the same.

    πολλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ τὸ διὰ τί ταὐτόν, οἷον τί ἐστιν ἔκλειψις. τί οὖν κωλύει καὶ ἕκαστον διὰ τί εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν ἑκάστου; μᾶλλον δὲ ἀνάγκη· καὶ πειρωμένοις οὕτως τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι λαμβάνειν ὀρθῶς συμβαίνει. ὃ γὰρ ἔστιν ἕκαστον, διὰ τοῦτο ἔστι. λέγω δὲ οὐχ, ὅτι τὸ εἶδος ἑκάστῳ αἴτιον τοῦ εἶναι — τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἀληθές — ἀλλ’ ὅτι, εἰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶδος ἕκαστον πρὸς αὑτὸ ἀναπτύσσοις, εὑρήσεις ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ διὰ τί. ἀργὸν μὲν γὰρ ὂν καὶ ζωὴν ἔχον τὸ διὰ τί οὐ πάντως ἔχει, εἶδος δὲ ὂν καὶ νοῦ ὂν πόθεν ἂν λάβοι τὸ διὰ τί;

    Often here too the thing and the why are the same: what an eclipse is, for example. What, then, prevents each thing in the other cases too from being its own why, and this from being the substance of each? Rather, it must be so; and those who try in this way turn out to grasp the essence correctly. For what each thing is, it is because of that. I do not mean that the Form is the cause of being for each thing—that is true—but that if you unfold each Form itself toward itself, you will find the why in it. If it were inert, even if it had life, it would not entirely have the why; but since it is a Form and belongs to Intellect, where would it get the why from?

    Aristotle’s example (Posterior Analytics II.2, 90a15): to know what an eclipse is, the earth blocking the moon’s light, is already to know why it happens.

    εἰ δὲ παρὰ νοῦ τις λέγοι, οὐ χωρίς ἐστιν, εἴ γε καὶ αὐτό ἐστιν· εἰ οὖν δεῖ ἔχειν ταῦτα μηδενὶ ἐλλείποντα, μηδὲ τῷ διὰ τί ἐλλείπειν. νοῦς δὲ ἔχει τὸ διὰ τί οὕτως ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ· τὰ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ αὐτὸς ἕκαστον ἂν εἴη τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, ὥστε μηδὲν προσδεῖσθαι τοῦ διὰ τί γέγονεν, ἀλλ’ ὁμοῦ γέγονε καὶ ἔχει ἐν αὑτῷ τὴν τῆς ὑποστάσεως αἰτίαν.

    If someone says “from Intellect,” it is not separate from Intellect, if indeed it is Intellect itself. If, then, it must have these things lacking nothing, it must not lack the why either. Intellect has the why of each of the things in it in this way; and as for the things in it, it would itself be each of the things in it. So it needs no further why of its coming to be; it has come to be together with its why and has in itself the cause of its real existence.

    γεγονὸς δὲ οὐκ εἰκῆ οὐδὲν ἂν παραλελειμμένον ἔχοι τοῦ διὰ τί, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ἔχον ἔχει καὶ τὸ καλῶς ὁμοῦ τῆς αἰτίας. καὶ τοῖς ἄρα μεταλαμβάνουσιν οὕτω δίδωσιν, ὡς τὸ διὰ τί ἔχειν. καὶ μήν, ὥσπερ ἐν τῷδε τῷ παντὶ ἐκ πολλῶν συνεστηκότι συνείρεται πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἐν τῷ πάντα εἶναι ἔστι καὶ διότι ἕκαστον, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἑκάστου τὸ μέρος πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἔχον ὁρᾶται, οὐ τούτου γενομένου, εἶτα τούτου μετὰ τόδε, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἄλληλα ὁμοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὸ αἰτιατὸν συνιστάντων, οὕτω χρὴ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐκεῖ τά τε πάντα πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἕκαστα καὶ ἕκαστον πρὸς αὑτό.

    Since it did not come to be at random, it could not have left out anything of the why; having all, it also has the “well” of its cause along with it. And so it gives to the things that participate in it in such a way that they have the why. Moreover, in this All, composed of many things, all things are linked to one another, and in their being all, the why of each is there too. In each thing, likewise, the part is seen to be related to the whole: not this coming to be and then that after it, but all establishing cause and caused together in relation to each other. Much more, then, must it be so There: all things, each of them, related to the whole, and each to itself.

    εἰ οὖν ἡ συνυπόστασις ὁμοῦ πάντων καὶ οὐκ εἰκῆ πάντων καὶ δεῖ μὴ ἀπηρτῆσθαι, ἐν αὑτοῖς ἂν ἔχοι τὰ αἰτιατὰ τὰς αἰτίας, καὶ τοιοῦτον ἕκαστον, οἷον ἀναιτίως τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχειν. εἰ οὖν μὴ ἔχει αἰτίαν τοῦ εἶναι, αὐτάρκη δέ ἐστι καὶ μεμονωμένα αἰτίας ἐστίν, εἴη ἂν ἐν αὑτοῖς ἔχοντα σὺν αὑτοῖς τὴν αἰτίαν. καὶ γὰρ αὖ εἰ μηδέν ἐστι μάτην ἐκεῖ, πολλὰ δὲ ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἐστὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, ἔχοις ἂν εἰπεῖν διότι ἕκαστον. προῆν ἄρα καὶ συνῆν τὸ διότι ἐκεῖ οὐκ ὂν διότι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι· μᾶλλον δὲ ἄμφω ἕν. τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ περιττὸν εἶχε νοῦ, ὡς ἂν νοῦ νόημα μὴ τοιοῦτον ὄν, οἷον μὴ τέλειον γέννημα; εἰ οὖν τέλειον, οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὅτῳ ἐλλείπει, οὐδὲ διὰ τί τοῦτο οὐ πάρεστι.

    If, then, the co-existence of all things is all together and not random, and they must not be cut off from each other, the caused would have their causes in themselves, and each would be such as to have its cause, as it were, causelessly. If, then, they have no cause of their being, but are self-sufficient and isolated from any cause, they would be things that have their cause in themselves, with themselves. And again, if nothing There is in vain, and all the many things each has are in it, you could say why each is. So the why pre-existed and co-existed There, not as a why but as a that; or rather, both are one. For what could Intellect have that was superfluous, as if a thought of Intellect were not of this kind, as if it were an incomplete offspring? If, then, it is complete, one cannot say what it lacks, nor why this or that is not present.

    παρὸν ἄρα ἔχοις ἂν εἰπεῖν διότι πάρεστιν· ἐν ἄρα τῇ ὑποστάσει τὸ διὰ τί· ἐν ἑκάστῳ τοίνυν νοήματι καὶ ἐνεργήματι, οἷον κατ’ ἄνθρωπον πᾶς προεφάνη ὁ ἄνθρωπος συμφέρων ἑαυτὸν αὐτῷ καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁμοῦ ἔχων ἕτοιμός ἐστιν ὅλος. εἶτα, εἰ μὴ πᾶς ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ τι αὐτῷ προσθεῖναι, γεννήματός ἐστιν. ἔστι δὲ ἀεί· ὥστε πᾶς ἐστιν. ἀλλ’ ὁ γινόμενος ἄνθρωπος γενητός.

    So, since it is present, you could say why it is present; the why, then, is in the real existence. In each thought and act, then—in the case of man, for instance—the whole man appeared beforehand, bringing himself along with himself, and having from the start all that he has together, he is ready, whole. Then, if he is not whole, and something must be added to him, he belongs to what is generated. But he is forever, so he is whole. The man who comes to be, though, is generated.

    τί οὖν κωλύει προβουλεύσασθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ; ἢ κατ’ ἐκεῖνόν ἐστιν, ὥστε οὔτε τι ἀφελεῖν δεῖ οὔτε προσθεῖναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ βουλεύσασθαι καὶ λελογίσθαι διὰ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν· ὑπέθετο γὰρ γινόμενα. καὶ οὕτω μὲν ἡ βούλευσις καὶ ὁ λογισμός· τῷ δ’ ἀεὶ γινόμενα ἐνδείξασθαι καὶ ὅτι λογίζεται ἀνεῖλεν. οὐ γὰρ ἔνι λογίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ἀεί· καὶ γὰρ αὖ ἐπιλελησμένου ἦν, ὅπως καὶ πρότερον· εἶτα, εἰ μὲν ἀμείνω ὕστερον, οὐκ ἂν καλὰ πρότερον· εἰ δ’ ἦν καλά, ἔχει τὸ ὡσαύτως. καλὰ δ’ ἐστὶ μετὰ τῆς αἰτίας· ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν καλόν τι, ὅτι πάντα. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ εἶδος τὸ πάντα καὶ ὅτι τὴν ὕλην κατέχει· κατέχει δέ, εἰ μηδὲν αὐτῆς ἀμόρφωτον καταλείπει. καταλείπει δέ, εἴ τις μορφὴ ἐλλείποι, οἷον ὀφθαλμὸς ἢ ἄλλο τι· ὥστε αἰτιολογῶν πάντα λέγεις.

    What, then, prevents deliberation about him beforehand? Or rather: he is in accordance with that man, so that nothing need be taken away or added. The deliberating and the having reasoned are due to the hypothesis: he supposed things as coming to be. In this sense there is deliberation and reasoning; but by indicating that they are “always coming to be,” he did away with “he reasons” as well. There can be no reasoning in what always is; that would belong to someone who had forgotten how things were before as well. Then, if they are better later, they would not have been beautiful before; and if they were beautiful, they stay the same. And they are beautiful together with their cause; even now a thing is beautiful because it is all. For this is also form, being all, and because it masters the matter. It masters the matter if it leaves nothing of it unshaped; and it leaves something if some shape is missing, an eye, say, or something else. So in giving the cause you say everything.

    “He” is Plato: in the Timaeus the craftsman-god reasons and deliberates as he makes the cosmos, which is also described as “always coming to be.”

    διὰ τί οὖν ὀφθαλμοί; ἵνα πάντα· καὶ διὰ τί ὀφρύες; ἵνα πάντα. καὶ γὰρ εἰ ἕνεκα σωτηρίας λέγοις, φυλακτικὸν τῆς οὐσίας λέγεις ἐν αὐτῇ ὑπάρχον, τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι συμβαλλόμενον. οὕτως ἄρα οὐσία ἦν πρὶν καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ αἴτιον ἄρα μέρος τῆς οὐσίας· καὶ ἄλλο τοίνυν τοῦτο, ὃ δ’ ἐστὶ τῆς οὐσίας. πάντα τοίνυν ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἡ ὅλη καὶ τελεία καὶ πᾶσα καὶ τὸ καλῶς μετὰ τῆς αἰτίας καὶ ἐν τῇ αἰτίᾳ, καὶ ἡ οὐσία καὶ τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι καὶ τὸ διότι ἕν.

    Why, then, eyes? So that it may be all. And why eyebrows? So that it may be all. Even if you say “for the sake of preservation,” you are speaking of something in the substance that guards the substance, and saying that it contributes to it. So the substance existed before this too, and the cause, then, is part of the substance. So this is something else, but what it is belongs to the substance. All things, then, are for one another; and the whole, complete, entire substance, and its being well, are with the cause and in the cause; and the substance and the essence and the why are one.

    εἰ τοίνυν ἔγκειται τὸ αἰσθητικὸν εἶναι καὶ οὕτως αἰσθητικὸν ἐν τῷ εἴδει ὑπὸ ἀιδίου ἀνάγκης καὶ τελειότητος, νοῦ ἐν αὑτῷ ἔχοντος, εἴπερ τέλειος, τὰς αἰτίας, ὥστε ἡμᾶς ὕστερον ἰδεῖν, ὡς ἄρα ὀρθῶς οὕτως ἔχει — ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἓν καὶ συμπληρωτικὸν τὸ αἴτιον καὶ οὐχὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ μόνον νοῦς ἦν, προσετέθη δὲ τὸ αἰσθητικόν, ὅτε εἰς γένεσιν ἐστέλλετο — πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ὁ νοῦς πρὸς τὰ τῇδε ῥέποι; τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη αἰσθητικὸν ἢ ἀντιληπτικὸν αἰσθητῶν; πῶς δ’ οὐκ ἄτοπον, ἐκεῖ μὲν αἰσθητικὸν ἐξ ἀιδίου, ἐνταῦθα δὲ αἰσθάνεσθαι καὶ τῆς ἐκεῖ δυνάμεως τὴν ἐνέργειαν πληροῦσθαι ἐνταῦθα, ὅτε χείρων ἡ ψυχὴ γίνεται;

    Suppose, then, that being perceptive, and perceptive in this particular way, is contained in the Form by eternal necessity and completeness, since Intellect, if it is complete, has the causes in itself, so that we see afterward that it is rightly so. For There the cause is one with the thing and fills it out; and man There was not merely intellect, with the perceptive faculty added when he was being dispatched into becoming. In that case, how could that intellect not incline toward things here? For what would the perceptive be but what apprehends perceptibles? And how is it not absurd that There it should be perceptive from eternity, while here it perceives, and the activity of the power There is fulfilled here, when the soul becomes worse?

    The three men

    The man here, the higher man and the man in Intellect, and why perception exists There.

    πάλιν οὖν πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἀπορίαν ἄνωθεν ληπτέον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὅστις ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. ἴσως δὲ πρότερον. χρὴ τὸν τῇδε ἄνθρωπον ὅστις ποτ’ ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν, μή ποτε οὐδὲ τοῦτον ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες ὡς ἔχοντες τοῦτον ἐκεῖνον ζητοῦμεν. φανείη δ’ ἂν ἴσως τισὶν ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτός τε κἀκεῖνος εἶναι. ἀρχὴ δὲ τῆς σκέψεως ἐντεῦθεν· ἆρα ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος λόγος ἐστὶ ψυχῆς ἕτερος τῆς τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ποιούσης καὶ ζῆν αὐτὸν καὶ λογίζεσθαι παρεχομένης; ἢ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ τοιαύτη ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν; ἢ ἡ τῷ σώματι τῷ τοιῷδε ψυχὴ προσχρωμένη; ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν ζῷον λογικὸν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ζῷον δὲ τὸ ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, οὐκ ἂν εἴη ὁ λόγος οὗτος τῇ ψυχῇ ὁ αὐτός.

    So to deal with this difficulty we must again take up from above the question of who that man is. Perhaps, though, we should first say who the man here is, in case we do not even know him exactly and are looking for that one as if we already had this one. Some might perhaps think this one and that one are the same. Let the inquiry start from here. Is this man a rational principle of soul, different from the soul that makes this man and gives him life and reasoning? Or is the soul of this kind the man? Or the soul that uses a body of this kind? But if man is a rational living being, and a living being is what is composed of soul and body, this rational principle would not be the same as the soul.

    Greek logos here means both a definition (as in “man is a rational living being”) and the formative principle that makes a thing; Plotinus plays on both senses in what follows.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ τὸ ἐκ ψυχῆς λογικῆς καὶ σώματος ὁ λόγος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, πῶς ἂν εἴη ὑπόστασις ἀίδιος, τούτου τοῦ λόγου τοῦ τοιούτου ἀνθρώπου γινομένου, ὅταν σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴ συνέλθῃ; ἔσται γὰρ ὁ λόγος οὗτος δηλωτικὸς τοῦ ἐσομένου, οὐχ οἷος ὅν φαμεν αὐτοάνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐοικὼς ὅρῳ, καὶ τοιούτῳ οἵῳ μηδὲ δηλωτικῷ τοῦ τί ἦν εἶναι.

    But if the rational principle of man is what is composed of rational soul and body, how could it be an eternal reality, when this rational principle of such a man comes to be when body and soul come together? This rational principle will indicate what is going to be, not of the kind we call man himself, but rather resembling a definition, and of a sort that does not even indicate the essence.

    οὐδὲ γὰρ εἴδους ἐστὶ τοῦ ἐνύλου, ἀλλὰ τὸ συναμφότερον δηλῶν, ὃ ἔστιν ἤδη· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὔπω εὕρηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος· ἦν γὰρ ὁ κατὰ τὸν λόγον. εἰ δέ τις λέγοι ‘τὸν λόγον δεῖ τὸν τῶν τοιούτων εἶναι συναμφότερόν τι, τόδε ἐν τῷδε’, καθ’ ὅ ἐστιν ἕκαστον οὐκ ἀξιοῖ λέγειν· χρὴ δέ, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἐνύλων εἰδῶν καὶ μετὰ ὕλης τοὺς λόγους χρὴ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν τὸν πεποιηκότα, οἷον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, λαμβάνειν καὶ μάλιστα, ὅσοι τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι ἀξιοῦσιν ἐφ’ ἑκάστου ὁρίζεσθαι, ὅταν κυρίως ὁρίζωνται. τί οὖν ἐστι τὸ εἶναι ἀνθρώπῳ; τοῦτο δ’ ἐστί, τί ἐστι τὸ πεποιηκὸς τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐνυπάρχον, οὐ χωριστόν; ἆρ’ οὖν αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ζῷόν ἐστι λογικὸν ἢ τὸ συναμφότερον, αὐτὸς δέ τις ποιητικὸς ζῴου λογικοῦ;

    For it is not even of the form in matter; it indicates the composite, which already exists. If so, man has not yet been found, for man was the one corresponding to the rational principle. And if someone says, “the rational principle of such things must be something composite, this in this,” he is not willing to say what it is that each thing is in virtue of. Yet even if one must speak above all of the rational principles of forms in matter, and with matter, one must still grasp the rational principle itself that made, say, the man—above all those who claim to define the essence in each case, when they define properly. What, then, is it to be a man? That is: what is it that has made this man, present in him, not separate? Is the rational principle itself a rational living being, or is the composite that, while the rational principle itself is something that produces a rational living being?

    τίς ὢν αὐτός; ἢ τὸ ζῷον ἀντὶ ζωῆς λογικῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ. ζωὴ τοίνυν λογικὴ ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ἆρ’ οὖν ζωὴ ἄνευ ψυχῆς; ἢ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ παρέξεται τὴν ζωὴν τὴν λογικὴν καὶ ἔσται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐνέργεια ψυχῆς καὶ οὐκ οὐσία, ἢ ἡ ψυχὴ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔσται. ἀλλ’ εἰ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ λογικὴ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔσται, ὅταν εἰς ἄλλο ζῷον ἴῃ ἡ ψυχή, πῶς οὐκ ἄνθρωπος;

    Being what, itself? Or rather, “living being” in the rational principle stands for “rational life.” Man, then, is rational life. Is it, then, life without soul? Either the soul will provide the rational life, and man will be an activity of soul and not a substance; or the soul will be man. But if the rational soul is man, then when the soul goes into another living being, how is it not man?

    λόγον τοίνυν δεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἄλλον παρὰ τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι. τί [οὖν] κωλύει συναμφότερόν τι τὸν ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, ψυχὴν ἐν τοιῷδε λόγῳ, ὄντος τοῦ λόγου οἷον ἐνεργείας τοιᾶσδε, τῆς δὲ ἐνεργείας μὴ δυναμένης ἄνευ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος εἶναι; οὕτω γὰρ καὶ οἱ ἐν τοῖς σπέρμασι λόγοι· οὔτε γὰρ ἄνευ ψυχῆς οὔτε ψυχαὶ ἁπλῶς. οἱ γὰρ λόγοι οἱ ποιοῦντες οὐκ ἄψυχοι, καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδὲν τὰς τοιαύτας οὐσίας λόγους εἶναι. οἱ οὖν μὴ ποιοῦντες ἄνθρωπον λόγοι ποίας ψυχῆς ἐνέργειαι; ἆρα τῆς φυτικῆς; ἢ τῆς ζῷον ποιούσης, ἐναργεστέρας τινὸς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ζωτικωτέρας.

    So man must be a rational principle other than the soul. What prevents man from being something composite, soul in a rational principle of a certain kind, the rational principle being, as it were, an activity of a certain kind, and the activity being unable to exist without what is active? That is how the rational principles in seeds are: they are neither without soul nor simply souls. The rational principles that make are not soulless, and there is nothing surprising in such substances being rational principles. Then the rational principles that do not make man: of what kind of soul are they activities? Of the vegetative soul? Or of the soul that makes a living being, a more vivid soul and for that very reason more full of life?

    ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἡ τοιαύτη ἡ ἐγγενομένη τῇ τοιαύτῃ ὕλῃ, ἅτε οὖσα τοῦτο, οἷον οὕτω διακειμένη καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ σώματος, ἄνθρωπος, ἐν σώματι δὲ μορφώσασα καθ’ αὑτὴν καὶ ἄλλο εἴδωλον ἀνθρώπου ὅσον ἐδέχετο τὸ σῶμα ποιήσασα, ὥσπερ καὶ τούτου αὖ ποιήσει ὁ ζωγράφος ἔτι ἐλάττω ἄνθρωπόν τινα, τὴν μορφὴν ἔχει καὶ τοὺς λόγους ἢ τὰ ἤθη, τὰς διαθέσεις, τὰς δυνάμεις, ἀμυδρὰ πάντα, ὅτι μὴ οὗτος πρῶτος· καὶ δὴ καὶ εἴδη αἰσθήσεων ἄλλων, αἰσθήσεις ἄλλας ἐναργεῖς δοκούσας εἶναι, ἀμυδροτέρας δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὰς πρὸ αὐτῶν καὶ εἰκόνας· ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἄνθρωπος ψυχῆς ἤδη θειοτέρας, ἐχούσης βελτίω ἄνθρωπον καὶ αἰσθήσεις ἐναργεστέρας. καὶ εἴη ἂν ὁ Πλάτων τοῦτον ὁρισάμενος, προσθεὶς δὲ τὸ ‘χρωμένην σώματι’, ὅτι ἐποχεῖται τῇ ἥτις προσχρῆται πρώτως σώματι, ἡ δὲ δευτέρως.

    Soul of this kind, coming to be in matter of this kind, is man, since it is this, disposed in this way, as it were, even without the body. In a body, it has shaped according to itself another image of man, as much as the body could receive, just as the painter, in turn, will make of this one a still lesser man. This image has the shape and the rational principles, or the characters, the dispositions, the powers, all dim, because this is not the first man. It also has forms of other perceptions, other perceptions that seem vivid but are dimmer compared with those before them, and are images. The man above this one belongs to a more divine soul, which has a better man and more vivid perceptions. And this would be the one Plato defined, adding “using a body,” because it rides upon the soul that uses a body primarily, while it uses it secondarily.

    Plato’s definition of man as a soul using a body is in Alcibiades I 129e–130a.

    ἤδη γὰρ αἰσθητικοῦ ὄντος τοῦ γενομένου ἐπηκολούθησεν αὕτη τρανοτέραν ζωὴν διδοῦσα· μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδ’ ἐπηκολούθησεν, ἀλλὰ οἷον προσέθηκεν αὐτήν· οὐ γὰρ ἐξίσταται τοῦ νοητοῦ, ἀλλὰ συναψαμένη οἷον ἐκκρεμαμένην ἔχει τὴν κάτω συμμίξασα ἑαυτὴν λόγῳ πρὸς λόγον. ὅθεν καὶ ἀμυδρὸς οὗτος ὢν ἐγένετο φανερὸς τῇ ἐλλάμψει.

    For when what had come to be was already perceptive, this soul followed it, giving it a clearer life. Or rather, it did not even follow, but as it were added itself. For it does not depart from the intelligible; linked with it, it holds the lower soul as it were suspended from it, mingling itself with it, rational principle with rational principle. That is why this man, dim as he was, became manifest through the illumination.

    πῶς οὖν ἐν τῇ κρείττονι τὸ αἰσθητικόν; ἢ τὸ αἰσθητικὸν τῶν ἐκεῖ αἰσθητῶν, καὶ ὡς ἐκεῖ τὰ αἰσθητά. διὸ καὶ οὕτως αἰσθάνεται τὴν αἰσθητὴν ἁρμονίαν τῇ δὲ αἰσθήσει παραδεξαμένου τοῦ αἰσθητικοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ συναρμόσαντος εἰς ἔσχατον πρὸς τὴν ἐκεῖ ἁρμονίαν καὶ πῦρ ἐναρμόσαντος πρὸς τὸ ἐκεῖ πῦρ, οὗ αἴσθησις ἦν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ψυχῇ ἀνὰ λόγον τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ ἐκεῖ φύσει. εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἐκεῖ σώματα ταῦτα, ἦσαν [ἂν] αὐτῶν τῇ ψυχῇ αἰσθήσεις καὶ ἀντιλήψεις· καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἐκεῖ, ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχή, ἀντιληπτικὴ τούτων, ὅθεν καὶ ὁ ὕστερος ἄνθρωπος, τὸ μίμημα, εἶχε τοὺς λόγους ἐν μιμήσει· καὶ ὁ ἐν νῷ ἄνθρωπος τὸν πρὸ πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄνθρωπον.

    How, then, is the perceptive faculty in the higher soul? Or rather, it is perception of the perceptibles There, and in the way the perceptibles are There. That is why it perceives the perceptible harmony in this way too, while the perceptive man receives it by perception and attunes it, down to the last detail, to the harmony There, and attunes fire to the fire There; that soul had a perception of this fire analogous to the nature of the fire There. For if these bodies were There, the soul had perceptions and apprehensions of them; and the man There, that kind of soul, apprehends them. Hence the later man, the imitation, had the rational principles in imitation; and the man in Intellect had the man who is before all men.

    ἐλλάμπει δ’ οὗτος τῷ δευτέρῳ καὶ οὗτος τῷ τρίτῳ· ἔχει δέ πως πάντας ὁ ἔσχατος, οὐ γινόμενος ἐκείνοις, ἀλλὰ παρακείμενος ἐκείνοις. ἐνεργεῖ δὲ ὁ μὲν ἡμῶν κατὰ τὸν ἔσχατον, τῷ δέ τι καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, τῷ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ τρίτου ἡ ἐνέργεια, καὶ ἔστιν ἕκαστος καθ’ ὃν ἐνεργεῖ, καίτοι πάντας ἕκαστος ἔχει καὶ αὖ οὐκ ἔχει.

    This one illuminates the second, and this one the third; and the last in a way has them all, not by becoming them but by lying alongside them. Some of us are active according to the last; for another, something of the activity comes also from the one before it; for another, the activity comes from the third as well. And each is the man according to whom he is active, though each has them all, and again does not have them.

    τοῦ δὲ σώματος χωρισθείσης τῆς τρίτης ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ τρίτου ἀνθρώπου, εἰ συνέποιτο ἡ δευτέρα, συνέποιτο δὲ μὴ χωρισθεῖσα τῶν ἄνω, οὗ ἐκείνη καὶ αὕτη λέγεται εἶναι. μεταλαβούσης δὲ θήρειον σῶμα θαυμάζεται, πῶς λόγος οὖσα ἀνθρώπου· ἢ πάντα ἦν, ἄλλοτε δὲ ἐνεργεῖ κατ’ ἄλλον. καθαρὰ μὲν οὖν οὖσα καὶ πρὶν κακυνθῆναι ἄνθρωπον θέλει καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἔστι. καὶ γὰρ κάλλιον τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ κάλλιον ποιεῖ. ποιεῖ δὲ καὶ δαίμονας προτέρους, ὁμοειδεῖς τῇ ⟨…⟩ ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ὁ πρὸ αὐτῆς δαιμονιώτερος, μᾶλλον δὲ θεός, καὶ ἔστι μίμημα θεοῦ δαίμων εἰς θεὸν ἀνηρτημένος, ὥσπερ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ἄνθρωπον. οὐ γὰρ λέγεται θεός, εἰς ὃν ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ἔχει γὰρ διαφοράν, ἣν ἔχουσι ψυχαὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλας, κἂν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὦσι στοίχου.

    When the third life, the third man, is separated from the body, if the second follows along—and it follows without being separated from those above—then where that one is, this too is said to be. When it takes on the body of a beast, people wonder how this can be, since it is the rational principle of a man. Or rather: it was all things, and is active now according to one, now according to another. When it is pure, before it has become bad, it wants man, and is man. For this is finer, and it makes the finer. It also makes spirits, which are prior, of the same form as the ⟨…⟩ man; and the one before it is more of a spirit, or rather a god; and a spirit is an imitation of a god, suspended from a god, just as man is from man. For that on which man depends is not called a god. It has the kind of difference that souls have from one another, even if they are of the same rank.

    λέγειν δὲ δεῖ δαίμονας εἶδος δαιμόνων, οὕς φησιν ὁ Πλάτων δαίμονας. ὅταν δὲ συνέπηται τὴν θήρειον φύσιν ἑλομένη ψυχὴ ἡ συνηρτημένη τῇ ⟨…⟩ ὅτε ἄνθρωπος ἦν, τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ λόγον ἐκείνου τοῦ ζῴου ἔδωκεν. ἔχει γάρ, καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια αὕτη χείρων.

    By spirits we must mean the kind of spirits that Plato calls spirits. And when the soul that was linked with the ⟨…⟩ when it was man follows along, having chosen a beast’s nature, it gives the rational principle of that animal which was in it. For it has it, and this activity is worse.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ κακυνθεῖσα καὶ χείρων γενομένη πλάττει θήρειον φύσιν, οὐκ ἦν ὃ ἐξ ἀρχῆς βοῦν ἐποίει ἢ ἵππον, καὶ ὁ λόγος δὲ ἵππου καὶ ἵππος παρὰ φύσιν. ἢ ἔλαττον, οὐ μὴν παρὰ φύσιν, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνό πως καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἵππος ἢ κύων· καὶ εἰ μὲν ἕξει, ποιεῖ τὸ κάλλιον, εἰ δὲ μή, ὃ δύναται, ἥ γε ποιεῖν προσταχθεῖσα· οἷα καὶ οἱ πολλὰ εἴδη ποιεῖν εἰδότες δημιουργοί, εἶτα ποιοῦντες τοῦτο, ἢ ὃ προσετάχθησαν, ἢ ὃ ἡ ὕλη ἐθέλει τῇ ἐπιτηδειότητι.

    But if it is when it has become bad and worse that it fashions a beast’s nature, then what made an ox or a horse was not there from the start, and the rational principle of horse, and horse, are against nature. Or rather: less, but not against nature. That soul is also, in a way, horse or dog from the start. If it has the means, it makes the finer; if not, what it can—since it has, at any rate, been ordered to make. It is like craftsmen who know how to make many forms and then make this one, either what they were ordered to make or what the matter wants, by its suitability.

    τί γὰρ κωλύει τὴν μὲν δύναμιν τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ψυχῆς προυπογράφειν, ἅτε λόγον πάντα οὖσαν, πρὶν καὶ παρ’ αὐτῆς ἥκειν τὰς ψυχικὰς δυνάμεις, καὶ τὴν προυπογραφὴν οἷον προδρόμους ἐλλάμψεις εἰς τὴν ὕλην εἶναι, ἤδη δὲ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἴχνεσιν ἐπακολουθοῦσαν τὴν ἐξεργαζομένην ψυχὴν κατὰ μέρη τὰ ἴχνη διαρθροῦσαν ποιῆσαι καὶ γενέσθαι ἑκάστηι τοῦτο, ᾧ προσῆλθε, σχηματίσασαν ἑαυτήν, ὥσπερ τὸν ἐν ὀρχήσει πρὸς τὸ δοθὲν αὐτῷ δρᾶμα; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπισπώμενοι τῷ ἐφεξῆς εἰς τοῦτο ἥκομεν.

    For what prevents the power of the Soul of the All, since it is the whole rational principle, from sketching an outline in advance, even before the soul-powers come from it? The outline would be like illuminations running ahead into matter; and the soul that does the working, following such traces, would articulate the traces part by part and make them, each soul becoming what it came to by shaping itself to it, like the dancer to the drama given him. But we have been led on to this by following the sequence.

    ἦν δὲ ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος, τὸ αἰσθητικὸν ὅπως τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἐκεῖνα πρὸς γένεσιν βλέπει· καὶ ἡμῖν ἐφαίνετο καὶ ὁ λόγος ἐδείκνυεν οὐκ ἐκεῖνα πρὸς τὰ τῆδε βλέπειν, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα εἰς ἐκεῖνα ἀνηρτῆσθαι καὶ μιμεῖσθαι ἐκεῖνα, καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον παρ’ ἐκείνου ἔχοντα τὰς δυνάμεις πρὸς ἐκεῖνα καὶ συνεζεῦχθαι ταῦτα τὰ αἰσθητὰ τούτῳ, ἐκεῖνα δ’ ἐκείνῳ· ἐκεῖνα γάρ τὰ αἰσθητά, ἃ οὕτως ὠνομάσαμεν, ὅτι ἀσώματα, ἄλλον τρόπον ἐν ἀντιλήψει, καὶ τήνδε τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀμυδροτέραν οὖσαν τῆς ἐκεῖ ἀντιλήψεως, ἣν ὠνομάζομεν αἴσθησιν, ὅτι σωμάτων ἦν, ἐναργεστέραν εἶναι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦτον αἰσθητικόν, ὅτι ἐλαττόνως, καὶ ἐλαττόνων ἀντιληπτικὸν εἰκόνων ἐκείνων· ὥστε εἶναι τὰς αἰσθήσεις ταύτας ἀμυδρὰς νοήσεις, τὰς δὲ ἐκεῖ νοήσεις ἐναργεῖς αἰσθήσεις.

    Our question was how the perceptive faculty belongs to man, and how those things do not look toward becoming. And it became clear to us, and the argument showed, that those things do not look toward the things here, but these depend on those and imitate them; that this man has his powers from that one, directed toward those things; and that these perceptibles are yoked to this man, those to that one. For those perceptibles, which we named so though they are incorporeal, are apprehended in a different way; and this perception here, which we called perception because it was of bodies, is dimmer than the apprehension There, which is clearer. That is why this man is perceptive: he is so in a lesser way, and apprehends lesser images of those things. So these perceptions are dim thinkings, and the thinkings There are clear perceptions.

    Why animals There?

    The intelligible holds all animals, plants, earth and fire, a fullness seething with life.

    ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν αἰσθητικὸν οὕτως. τὸ δὲ ἵππος ὅλος καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ζῴων ἐκεῖ πῶς οὐ πρὸς τὰ ἐνταῦθα ἐθέλει βλέπειν; ἀλλ’ εἰ μέν, ἵνα ἐνταῦθα ἵππος γένοιτο ἢ ἄλλο τι ζῷον, ἐξεῦρε νόησιν ἵππου· καίτοι πῶς οἷόν τε ἦν βουλόμενον ἵππον ποιῆσαι νοῆσαι ἵππον; ἤδη γὰρ δῆλον ὅτι ὑπῆρχεν ἵππου νόησις, εἴπερ ἠβουλήθη ἵππον ποιῆσαι· ὥστε οὐκ ἔστιν, ἵνα ποιήσῃ, νοῆσαι, ἀλλὰ πρότερον εἶναι τὸν μὴ γενόμενον ἵππον πρὸ τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσομένου.

    So much for the perceptive faculty. But how is it that the horse There as a whole, and each of the living beings There, does not want to look toward the things here? Suppose it was in order that a horse, or some other living being, might come to be here that it devised the thought of horse. Yet how could it, wanting to make a horse, think a horse? Clearly the thought of horse already existed, if it wanted to make a horse. So it is not possible that it thought in order to make. Rather, the horse that did not come to be existed before the one that was to come later.

    εἰ οὖν πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως ἦν καὶ οὐχ, ἵνα γένηται, ἐνοήθη, οὐ πρὸς τὰ τῇδε βλέπων εἶχε παρ’ ἑαυτῷ ὃς εἶχε τὸν ἐκεῖ ἵππον, οὐδ’ ἵνα τὰ τῇδε ποιήσῃ, εἶχε τοῦτόν τε καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἀλλὰ ἦν μὲν ἐκεῖνα, ταῦτα δὲ ἐπηκολούθει ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐκείνοις· οὐ γὰρ ἦν στῆναι μέχρι τῶν ἐκεῖ. τίς γὰρ ἂν ἔστησε δύναμιν μένειν τε καὶ προιέναι δυναμένην;

    If, then, it existed before coming to be, and was not thought in order that it might come to be, the one who had the horse There did not have it with him by looking toward the things here; nor did he have it, and the others, in order to make the things here. Those things simply were, and these followed on them of necessity; for it was not possible to stop at the things There. Who could have stopped a power able both to remain and to proceed?

    ἀλλὰ διὰ τί ἐκεῖ ζῷα ταῦτα; τί γὰρ ἐν θεῷ ταῦτα; τὰ μὲν γὰρ λογικὰ ἔστω· ἀλόγων δὲ τοσοῦτον πλῆθος τί τὸ σεμνὸν ἔχει; τί δὲ οὐ τοὐναντίον; ὅτι μὲν οὖν πολλὰ δεῖ τοῦτο τὸ ἓν εἶναι ὂν μετὰ τὸ πάντη ἕν, δῆλον· ἢ οὐκ ἂν ἦν μετ’ ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο. μετ’ ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὂν ὑπὲρ μὲν ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τὸ μᾶλλον ἓν γενέσθαι οὐκ ἦν, ἐλλεῖπον δὲ ἐκείνου· τοῦ δ’ ἀρίστου ὄντος ἑνὸς ἔδει πλέον ἢ ἓν εἶναι· τὸ γὰρ πλῆθος ἐν ἐλλείψει. τί οὖν κωλύει δυάδα εἶναι;

    But why are these living beings There? What are they doing in god? The rational ones, granted; but what dignity is there in such a multitude of irrational ones? Isn’t it rather the opposite? Now, that this one must be many, since it comes after what is altogether one, is clear; otherwise it would not be after that, but would be that. And being after that, it could not go beyond it toward being more one, but fell short of it. Since the best was one, this had to be more than one; for multiplicity lies in falling short. What, then, prevents it from being a dyad?

    ἢ ἑκάτερον τῶν ἐν τῇ δυάδι οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν ἓν παντελῶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ πάλιν αὖ δύο τοὐλάχιστον εἶναι, καὶ ἐκείνων αὖ ὡσαύτως· εἶτα καὶ κίνησις ἦν ἐν τῇ δυάδι τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ στάσις, ἦν δὲ καὶ νοῦς, καὶ ζωὴ ἦν ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ τέλειος νοῦς καὶ ζωὴ τελεία. ἦν τοίνυν οὐχ ὡς νοῦς εἷς, ἀλλὰ πᾶς καὶ πάντας τοὺς καθ’ ἕκαστα νοῦς ἔχων καὶ τοσοῦτος, ὅσοι πάντες, καὶ πλείων· καὶ ἔζη οὐχ ὡς ψυχὴ μία, ἀλλ’ ὡς πᾶσαι καὶ πλείω δύναμιν εἰς τὸ ποιεῖν ψυχὰς ἑκάστας ἔχων, καὶ ζῷον παντελὲς ἦν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἐν αὑτῷ μόνον ἔχον· μόνος γὰρ [ἂν] ἄνθρωπος ἐνταῦθα ἦν.

    Or rather: neither of the two in the dyad could be wholly one; each in turn had to be at least two, and so again with those. Then too, there was motion in the first dyad, and rest; there was Intellect too, and life was in it: complete Intellect and complete life. So it was not like one intellect, but all, containing all the individual intellects, as great as all of them together, and greater. And it lived not like one soul but like all, with greater power for making the individual souls. And it was an all-complete living being, not containing only man in itself; for [then] only man would be here.

    ἀλλ’ ἔστω, φήσει τις, τὰ τίμια τῶν ζῴων· πῶς [δ’] αὖ τὰ εὐτελῆ καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ἦν; τὸ εὐτελὲς δηλονότι τῷ ἀλόγως ἔχοντι, εἰ τῷ λογικῷ τὸ τίμιον· καὶ εἰ τῷ νοερῷ τὸ τίμιον, τῷ ἀνοήτῳ τὸ ἐναντίον. καίτοι πῶς ἀνόητον ἢ ἄλογον ἐκείνου ὄντος ἐν ᾧ ἕκαστα ἢ ἐξ οὗ; πρὸ δὴ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα λεχθησομένων λάβωμεν, ὡς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν, οἷος ἐκεῖνος, ὥστε καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα οὐχ οἷα τὰ ἐνταῦθα κἀκεῖ, ἀλλὰ μειζόνως δεῖ ἐκεῖνα λαμβάνειν· εἶτα οὐδὲ τὸ λογικὸν ἐκεῖ· ὧδε γὰρ ἴσως λογικός, ἐκεῖ δὲ ὁ πρὸ τοῦ λογίζεσθαι. διὰ τί οὖν ἐνταῦθα λογίζεται οὗτος, τὰ δ’ ἄλλα οὔ;

    “All right,” someone will say, “let the noble animals be There. But how could the base and irrational ones be There too?” Clearly baseness goes with being irrational, if nobility goes with being rational; and if nobility goes with the intellectual, its opposite goes with what lacks intelligence. And yet how can anything lack intelligence or reason, when that in which each thing is, or from which it comes, is what it is? Before we say anything about these things or in answer to them, let us grasp this: the human being here is not like the one There, and so the other animals There are not like those here either. We must take them in a greater sense. Then, too, rationality is not There. Here, perhaps, a human being is rational, but There he is the one who comes before reasoning. Why, then, does this one reason here, while the others do not?

    ἢ διαφόρου ὄντος ἐκεῖ τοῦ νοεῖν ἔν τε ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις, διάφορον καὶ τὸ λογίζεσθαι· ἔνι γάρ πως καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ζῴοις πολλὰ διανοίας ἔργα. διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπίσης λογικά; διὰ τί δὲ ἄνθρωποι πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐκ ἐπίσης; δεῖ δὴ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι, ὡς τὰς πολλὰς ζωὰς οἷον κινήσεις οὔσας καὶ τὰς πολλὰς νοήσεις οὐκ ἐχρῆν τὰς αὐτὰς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ζωὰς διαφόρους καὶ νοήσεις ὡσαύτως· τὰς δὲ διαφοράς πως φωτεινοτέρας καὶ ἐναργεστέρας καὶ τὸ ἐγγὺς δὲ τῶν πρώτων πρώτας καὶ δευτέρας καὶ τρίτας.

    Or rather: since thinking is different There in the human being and in the other animals, reasoning is different too. For in a way there are many works of discursive thought in the other animals as well. Why, then, are they not equally rational? And why are human beings not equally rational compared with one another? We must bear in mind that the many lives, which are, as it were, movements, and the many thoughts could not all be the same. The lives had to be different, and the thoughts likewise. And they differ, in a way, by being brighter and clearer, and, according to their nearness to the first things, as first, second and third.

    διόπερ τῶν νοήσεων αἱ μὲν θεοί, αἱ δὲ δεύτερόν τι γένος, ἐν ᾧ τὸ λογικὸν ἐπίκλην ἐνταῦθα, ἑξῆς δ’ ἀπὸ τούτων τὸ ἄλογον κληθέν· ἐκεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄλογον λεγόμενον λόγος ἦν, καὶ τὸ ἄνουν νοῦς ἦν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ νοῶν ἵππον νοῦς ἐστι, καὶ ἡ νόησις ἵππου νοῦς ἦν.

    That is why, of the thoughts, some are gods, others are a second kind, in which what is here called rational belongs, and after these comes what was called irrational. But There even what is called irrational was a rational principle, and what lacks intellect was intellect, since the one who thinks horse is intellect, and the thinking of horse was intellect.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν νόησις μόνον, ἄτοπον οὐδὲν τὴν νόησιν αὐτὴν νόησιν οὖσαν ἀνοήτου εἶναι· νῦν δ’ εἰ ταὐτὸν ἡ νόησις τῷ πράγματι, πῶς ἡ μὲν νόησις, ἀνόητον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα; οὕτω γὰρ ἂν νοῦς ἀνόητον ἑαυτὸν ποιοῖ. ἢ οὐκ ἀνόητον, ἀλλὰ νοῦς τοιόσδε· ζωὴ γὰρ τοιάδε. ὡς γὰρ ἡτισοῦν ζωὴ οὐκ ἀπήλλακται τοῦ εἶναι ζωή, οὕτως οὐδὲ νοῦς τοιόσδε ἀπήλλακται τοῦ εἶναι νοῦς· ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ὁ νοῦς ὁ κατὰ ὁτιοῦν ζῷον ἀπήλλακται αὖ τοῦ νοῦς εἶναι πάντων, οἷον καὶ ἀνθρώπου, εἴπερ ἕκαστον μέρος, ὅ τι ἂν λάβῃς, πάντα, ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἄλλως.

    But if it were only a thinking, there would be nothing strange in the thinking itself, while being thinking, being of something that lacks intelligence. As it is, though, if the thinking is the same as the thing, how can the thinking be a thinking while the thing lacks intelligence? That way Intellect would make itself unintelligent. Or rather, it is not unintelligent, but intellect of a particular kind; for it is life of a particular kind. Just as any life whatever is not released from being life, so neither is intellect of a particular kind released from being intellect. Indeed the intellect that corresponds to any animal whatever is not released from being the intellect of all things—of man too, for example—if indeed each part, whichever you take, is all things, though perhaps in a different way.

    ἐνεργείᾳ μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖνο, δύναται δὲ πάντα· λαμβάνομεν δὲ καθ’ ἕκαστον τὸ ἐνεργείᾳ· τὸ δ’ ἐνεργείᾳ ἔσχατον, ὥστε τοῦδε τοῦ νοῦ τὸ ἔσχατον ἵππον εἶναι καὶ ᾗ ἔληξε προιὼν ἀεὶ εἰς ἐλάττω ζωὴν ἵππον εἶναι, ἄλλον δὲ κατωτέρω λῆξαι. ἐξελιττόμεναι γὰρ αἱ δυνάμεις καταλείπουσιν ἀεὶ εἰς τὸ ἄνω. προίασι δέ τι ἀφιεῖσαι καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀφεῖναι δὲ ἄλλα [καὶ] ἄλλα διὰ τὸ ἐνδεὲς τοῦ ζῴου, τοῦ φανέντος ἐκ τοῦ ἐλλείποντος, ἕτερον ἐξευροῦσαι προσθεῖναι· οἷον ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς ζωήν, ἀνεφάνη ὄνυξ καὶ τὸ γαμψώνυχον ἢ τὸ καρχαρόδουν ἢ κέρατος φύσις· ὥστε, ᾗ κατῆλθεν ὁ νοῦς, ταύτῃ πάλιν αὖ τῷ αὐτάρκει τῆς φύσεως ἀνακύψαι καὶ εὑρεῖν ἐν αὑτῷ τοῦ ἐλλείποντος κειμένην ἴασιν.

    For it is actually that, but potentially it is all things; and we take each one according to what it actually is. What it actually is is its last stage. So this intellect’s last stage is horse: where it came to a halt, as it proceeded ever toward a lesser life, is horse, while another halted further down. For as the powers unfold, they always leave something behind, above. They proceed by letting something go; and in letting go, because of the deficiency of the animal that has appeared out of what is lacking, they find one thing after another to add. For example, since there is no longer enough for life, nails appeared, and curved claws, or jagged teeth, or the nature of horn. So wherever intellect came down, there it could lift its head again by the self-sufficiency of nature, and find lying within itself the cure for what is lacking.

    ἀλλὰ πῶς ἐκεῖ ἐνέλειπε; τί γὰρ κέρατα ἐκεῖ πρὸς ἄμυναν; ἢ πρὸς τὸ αὔταρκες ὡς ζῴου καὶ τὸ τέλειον. ὡς γὰρ ζῷον ἔδει τέλειον εἶναι, καὶ ὡς νοῦν δὲ τέλειον, καὶ ὡς ζωὴν δὲ τέλειον· ὥστε, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο. καὶ ἡ διαφορὰ τῷ ἄλλο ἀντὶ ἄλλου, ἵνα ἐκ πάντων μὲν τὸ τελειότατον ζῷον καὶ ὁ τέλειος νοῦς καὶ ἡ τελειοτάτη ζωή, ἕκαστον δὲ ὡς ἕκαστον τέλειον. καὶ μήν, εἰ ἐκ πολλῶν, δεῖ εἶναι αὖ ἓν ἢ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐκ πολλῶν μὲν εἶναι, τῶν αὐτῶν δὲ πάντων· ἢ αὔταρκες ἦν ἂν ἕν. δεῖ τοίνυν ἐξ ἑτέρων ἀεὶ κατ’ εἶδος, ὥσπερ καὶ πᾶν σύνθετον, καὶ σωζομένων ἑκάστων, οἷαι καὶ αἱ μορφαὶ καὶ οἱ λόγοι.

    But how could there be any lack There? What use are horns There, for defense? Or rather, they are There for self-sufficiency, as an animal, and for completeness. It had to be complete as an animal, complete as intellect, and complete as life; so that if not this, then that. And the difference lies in having one thing instead of another, so that out of all of them come the most complete animal, the complete Intellect and the most complete life, while each is complete as what it is. And indeed, if it is made of many, it must also be one. But it cannot be made of many that are all the same; otherwise a single one would have been sufficient. It must therefore always be made of things that differ in form, as every composite is, with each of them preserved—as is the case with shapes and rational principles.

    αἵ τε γὰρ μορφαί, οἷον ἀνθρώπου, ἐξ ὅσων διαφορῶν, καίτοι τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἕν· καὶ βελτίω καὶ χείρω ἀλλήλων, ὀφθαλμὸς καὶ δάκτυλος, ἀλλ’ ἑνός, καὶ χεῖρον ὡς πρὸς τὸ πᾶν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οὕτω, βέλτιον· καὶ ὁ λόγος δὲ ζῷον καὶ ἄλλο τι, ὃ μὴ ταὐτὸν τῷ ζῷον. καὶ ἀρετὴ δὲ τὸ κοινὸν καὶ τὸ ἴδιον καὶ τὸ ὅλον καλὸν ἀδιαφόρου τοῦ κοινοῦ ὄντος.

    Take shapes—a human being’s, for example: out of how many differences it is made, and yet what stands over them all is one. They are better and worse than one another, eye and finger, but they belong to one thing; and a part is worse with respect to the whole, but it is better that it is so. The rational principle, too, is animal and also something else, which is not the same as animal. And virtue, too, is both what is common and what is particular, and the whole is fine, though the common element is undifferentiated.

    λέγεται δὲ οὐδ’ ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ πολλὰ δὲ φαίνεται, οὐκ ἀτιμάσαι τὴν τῶν ζῴων πάντων φύσιν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τόδε τὸ πᾶν πάντα ἔχει. πόθεν οὖν ἔχει; πάντα οὖν ἔχει ὅσα ἐνταῦθα τὰ ἐκεῖ; ἢ ὅσα λόγῳ πεποίηται καὶ κατ’ εἶδος. ἀλλ’ ὅταν πῦρ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὕδωρ ἔχει, ἔχει δὲ πάντως καὶ φυτά. πῶς οὖν τὰ φυτὰ ἐκεῖ; καὶ πῶς πῦρ ζῇ; καὶ πῶς γῆ; ἢ γὰρ ζῇ, ἢ οἷον νεκρὰ ἔσται ἐκεῖ, ὥστε μὴ πᾶν τὸ ἐκεῖ ζῆν. καὶ τί ὅλως ἐστὶν ἐκεῖ καὶ ταῦτα; τὰ μὲν οὖν φυτὰ δύναιτ’ ἂν τῷ λόγῳ συναρμόσαι· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ τῇδε φυτὸν λόγος ἐστὶν ἐν ζωῇ κείμενος.

    It is said, too—and much makes it evident—that even heaven does not disdain the nature of all the animals, since this All also contains all things. Where, then, does it get them from? Do the things There, then, include everything that is here? Or rather, everything that has been made by a rational principle and according to a form. But if it has fire, it has water too, and it certainly has plants. How, then, are plants There? And how does fire live? And earth? Either it lives, or it will be There like something dead, so that not everything There lives. And what are these doing There at all? Now the plants could be fitted to the argument: for the plant here too is a rational principle set in life.

    εἰ δὴ ὁ ἔνυλος λόγος ὁ τοῦ φυτοῦ, καθ’ ὃν τὸ φυτόν ἐστι, ζωή τις ἐστὶ τοιάδε καὶ ψυχή τις καὶ ὁ λόγος ἕν τι, ἤτοι τὸ πρῶτον φυτόν ἐστιν οὗτος ἢ οὔ, ἀλλὰ πρὸ αὐτοῦ φυτὸν τὸ πρῶτον, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τοῦτο. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο ἕν, ταῦτα δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑνὸς ἐξ ἀνάγκης. εἰ δὴ τοῦτο, δεῖ πολὺ πρότερον ἐκεῖνο ζῆν καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο φυτὸν εἶναι, ἀπ’ ἐκείνου δὲ ταῦτα δευτέρως καὶ τρίτως καὶ κατ’ ἴχνος ἐκείνου ζῆν. γῆ δὲ πῶς; καὶ τί τὸ γῇ εἶναι; καὶ τίς ἡ ἐκεῖ γῆ τὸ ζῆν ἔχουσα; ἢ πρότερον τίς αὕτη· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ τί τὸ εἶναι ταύτῃ. δεῖ δὴ μορφήν τινα εἶναι καὶ ἐνταῦθα καὶ λόγον.

    If, then, the enmattered rational principle of the plant, by which the plant is what it is, is a particular kind of life and a kind of soul, and the rational principle is a single thing, then either this is the first plant, or it is not, and before it there is the first plant, from which this one too comes. For that one is one, while these are many and necessarily come from one. If so, that one must live far more primarily and be just this, plant, while these come from it and live in a second and third degree, following its trace. But how is earth There? What is it to be earth? And what is the earth There that has life? Or rather, first: what is this earth here—that is, what is its being? There must be some shape and rational principle here too.

    ἐκεῖ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ φυτοῦ ἔζη καὶ ὁ τῇδε αὐτοῦ λόγος.

    Now in the case of the plant, even its rational principle here was alive.

    ἆρ’ οὖν καὶ ἐν τῇδε τῇ γῇ; ἤ, εἰ λάβοιμεν τὰ μάλιστα γήινα γεννώμενα καὶ πλαττόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ, εὕροιμεν ἂν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν γῆς φύσιν. λίθων τοίνυν αὐξήσεις τε καὶ πλάσεις καὶ ὀρῶν ἀναφυομένων ἔνδον μορφώσεις πάντως που λόγου ἐμψύχου δημιουργοῦντος ἔνδοθεν καὶ εἰδοποιοῦντος χρὴ νομίζειν γίνεσθαι, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ εἶδος τῆς γῆς τὸ ποιοῦν, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς δένδροις τὴν λεγομένην φύσιν, τῷ δὲ ξύλῳ τοῦ δένδρου ἀνάλογον τὴν λεγομένην εἶναι γῆν, καὶ ἀποτμηθέντα τὸν λίθον οὕτως ἔχειν, ὡς εἰ ἐκ τοῦ δένδρου τι κοπείη, μὴ παθόντος δὲ τούτου, ἀλλ’ ἔτι συνηρτημένου, ὡς τὸ μὴ κοπὲν ἐκ τοῦ ζῶντος φυτοῦ.

    Is it so, then, in this earth too? Or rather, if we took the most earthy things that are generated and shaped in it, we would find the nature of earth here as well. The growth and shaping of stones, then, and the forming of mountains as they rise up from within, must certainly be thought to come about through an ensouled rational principle crafting them from within and giving them form. This must be the form of earth that does the making, as what is called nature does in trees, while what is called earth corresponds to the wood of the tree. A stone cut out is in the same state as something cut from a tree; but if this has not happened to it, and it is still attached, it is like the uncut part of the living plant.

    τὴν [δὴ] δημιουργοῦσαν ἐγκαθημένην τῇ γῇ φύσιν ζωὴν ἐν λόγῳ ἀνευρόντες πιστοίμεθα ἂν τὸ ἐντεῦθεν ῥᾳδίως τὴν ἐκεῖ γῆν πολὺ πρότερον ζῶσαν εἶναι καὶ ζωὴν ἔλλογον γῆς, αὐτογῆν καὶ πρώτως γῆν, ἀφ’ ἧς καὶ ἡ ἐνταῦθα γῆ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ πῦρ λόγος τις ἐν ὕλῃ ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου πῦρ — πόθεν γάρ; οὐ γὰρ ἐκ παρατρίψεως, ὡς ἄν τις οἰηθείη· ἤδη γὰρ ὄντος ἐν τῷ παντὶ πυρὸς ἡ παράτριψις ἐχόντων τῶν παρατριβομένων σωμάτων· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ ὕλη οὕτως δυνάμει, ὥστε παρ’ αὐτῆς· εἰ δὴ κατὰ λόγον δεῖ τὸ ποιοῦν εἶναι ὡς μορφοῦν, τί ἂν εἴη; ἢ ψυχὴ ποιεῖν πῦρ δυναμένη· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ ζωὴ καὶ λόγος, ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν ἄμφω.

    Having found that the crafting nature seated in the earth is life in a rational principle, we could easily be convinced from there that the earth There lives far more primarily, and is a rational life of earth, earth itself and earth in the primary sense, from which the earth here also comes. And if fire too is a rational principle in matter, and so are the other things of this kind, and fire does not come about by chance—for where would it come from? Not from friction, as one might think: friction happens when there is already fire in the All, and the bodies rubbed together have it; nor is matter potentially fire in such a way that fire comes from matter itself—if, then, what makes it must act according to a rational principle, as what gives it shape, what could it be? Or rather, a soul able to make fire; and that is life and rational principle, both one and the same.

    διὸ καὶ Πλάτων ἐν ἑκάστῳ τούτων ψυχήν φησιν εἶναι οὐκ ἄλλως ἢ ὡς ποιοῦσαν τοῦτο δὴ τὸ αἰσθητὸν πῦρ. ἔστιν οὖν καὶ τὸ ἐνταῦθα ποιοῦν πῦρ ζωή τις πυρίνη, ἀληθέστερον πῦρ. τὸ ἄρα ἐπέκεινα πῦρ. μᾶλλον ὂν πῦρ μᾶλλον ἂν εἴη ἐν ζωῇ· ζῇ ἄρα καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πῦρ. ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὕδατός τε καὶ ἀέρος.

    That is why Plato too says that there is a soul in each of these, in no other way than as making this perceptible fire. So what makes fire here is a fiery life, a truer fire. Then the fire beyond, being more fire, would be more in life: so fire itself lives too. The same argument holds for the others, water and air.

    ἀλλὰ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔμψυχα καὶ ταῦτα ὥσπερ ἡ γῆ; ὅτι μὲν οὖν καὶ ταῦτα ἐν ζῴῳ τῷ παντί, δῆλόν που, καὶ ὅτι μέρη ζῴου· οὐ φαίνεται δὲ ζωὴ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ οὐδ’ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· συλλογίζεσθαι δ’ ἦν κἀκεῖ καὶ ἐκ τῶν γινομένων ἐν αὐτῇ· ἀλλὰ γίνεται καὶ ἐν πυρὶ ζῷα, καὶ ἐν ὕδατι δὲ φανερώτερον· καὶ ἀέρινοι δὲ ζῴων συστάσεις. γινόμενον δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἕκαστον καὶ ταχὺ σβεννύμενον τὴν ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ ψυχὴν παρέρχεται εἴς τε ὄγκον οὐ γεγένηται μένον, ἵν’ [ἂν] ἔδειξε τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ ψυχήν, ἀήρ τε καὶ ὕδωρ ὡσαύτως· ἐπεί, εἰ παγείη πως κατὰ φύσιν, δείξειεν ἄν· ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἔδει εἶναι κεχυμένα, ἣν ἔχει οὐ δείκνυσι.

    But why are these not ensouled as earth is? That they too are in the living All is surely clear, and that they are parts of a living being. But life is not apparent in them, just as it is not in earth either; there, though, one could infer it from what comes to be in earth. Yet animals come to be in fire too, and still more evidently in water; and there are also formations of animals made of air. But each fire, as it comes to be and is quickly put out, slips past the soul in the whole; it has not settled into a lasting mass where it could have shown the soul in it. And the same with air and water. For if they were somehow solidified in the course of nature, they would show it; but because they had to be diffuse, they do not show the soul they have.

    καὶ κινδυνεύει ὅμοιον εἶναι οἷον τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, οἷον αἵματος· ἡ μὲν γὰρ σὰρξ ἔχειν δοκεῖ καὶ ὅ τι ἂν σὰρξ γένηται ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος, τὸ δ’ αἷμα αἴσθησιν οὐ παρεχόμενον ἔχειν οὐ δοκεῖ. καίτοι ἀνάγκη ἐνεῖναι καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ· ἐπεὶ καὶ οὐδέν ἐστι βίαιον γινόμενον περὶ αὐτό, ἀλλ’ ἕτοιμόν ἐστι διεστάναι τῆς ἐνυπαρχούσης ψυχῆς, οἷον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν στοιχείων τῶν τριῶν δεῖ νομίζειν εἶναι· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὅσα ἐξ ἀέρος συστάντος μᾶλλον ζῷα ἔχει τὸ μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι εἰς τὸ παθεῖν. ὥσπερ δὲ ὁ ἀὴρ τὸ φῶς ἀτενὲς ὂν καὶ μένον, ἕως μένει αὐτός, παρέρχεται, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον πάρεισι καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ κύκλῳ καὶ οὐ πάρεισι· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὡσαύτως.

    And it is probably like what happens with the fluids in us, blood for instance. Flesh seems to have soul, and so does whatever becomes flesh from the blood; but blood, because it does not provide perception, seems not to have it. And yet it must be in it too, since nothing forcible happens to it; rather, it is ready to stand apart from the soul that is present in it—as we must suppose is the case with the three elements too. Indeed, those animals that are made of more compacted air have the property of not feeling it when something is done to them. And just as air passes through light, which is steady and stays as long as it stays itself, in this way they pass through the soul that surrounds them and do not pass through it; and the others likewise.

    ἀλλὰ πάλιν ὧδε λέγωμεν· ἐπεὶ γάρ φαμεν πρὸς οἷον παράδειγμα ἐκείνου τόδε τὸ πᾶν εἶναι, δεῖ κἀκεῖ πρότερον τὸ πᾶν ζῷον εἶναι καί, εἰ παντελὲς τὸ εἶναι αὐτῷ, πάντα εἶναι. καὶ οὐρανὸν δὴ ἐκεῖ ζῷον εἶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἔρημον τοίνυν ἄστρων, τῶν ἐνταῦθα τοῦτο λεγομένων οὐρανόν, καὶ τὸ οὐρανῷ εἶναι τοῦτο. ἔστι δ’ ἐκεῖ δηλονότι καὶ γῆ οὐκ ἔρημος, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐζωωμένη, καὶ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῇ ζῷα ξύμπαντα, ὅσα πεζὰ καὶ χερσαῖα λέγεται ἐνταῦθα, καὶ φυτὰ δηλονότι ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἱδρυμένα· καὶ θάλασσα δέ ἐστιν ἐκεῖ, καὶ πᾶν ὕδωρ ἐν ῥοῇ καὶ ζωῇ μενούσῃ, καὶ τὰ ἐν ὕδατι ζῷα πάντα, ἀέρος τε φύσις τοῦ ἐκεῖ παντὸς μοῖρα, καὶ ζῷα ἀέρια ἐν αὐτῷ ἀνὰ λόγον αὐτῷ τῷ ἀέρι.

    But let us put it again this way. Since we say that this All is made after that one as its model, the All must be a living being There too, and first; and, if its being is complete, it must be all things. So heaven There must be a living being, and not empty of stars—the things here called heaven—and this is what being heaven is. And there is clearly earth There too, not empty, but far more full of life; and in it are all the animals that here are called walking and land animals, and plants, obviously, rooted in living. And there is sea There too, and all water, in flow and abiding life, and all the animals in water; and the nature of air is a portion of the All There, and in it are aerial animals corresponding to the air itself.

    τὰ γὰρ ἐν ζῶντι πῶς ἂν οὐ ζῶντα; ὅπου δὴ καὶ ἐνταῦθα. πῶς οὖν οὐ πᾶν ζῷον ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἐκεῖ; ὡς γὰρ ἕκαστον τῶν μεγάλων μερῶν ἐστιν, ἐξ ἀνάγκης οὕτως ἔχει καὶ ἡ τῶν ζῴων ἐν αὐτοῖς φύσις. ὅπως οὖν ἔχει καὶ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ οὐρανός, οὕτω καὶ ἔχει καὶ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ ζῷα πάντα, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι μὴ εἶναι· ἢ οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνος ἔσται. ὁ οὖν ζητῶν πόθεν ζῷα, ζητεῖ πόθεν οὐρανὸς ἐκεῖ· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ ζητεῖν πόθεν ζῷον, τοῦτο δὲ ταὐτὸν [τῷ] πόθεν ζωὴ καὶ ζωὴ πᾶσα καὶ ψυχὴ πᾶσα καὶ νοῦς ὁ ξύμπας, μηδεμιᾶς ἐκεῖ πενίας μηδ’ ἀπορίας οὔσης, ἀλλὰ πάντων ζωῆς πεπληρωμένων καὶ οἷον ζεόντων.

    For how could what is in a living thing not be living, when even here it is? How, then, could every animal not necessarily be There? For as each of the great parts is, so necessarily is the nature of the animals in them. So in whatever way heaven is and exists There, in that way all the animals in heaven are and exist There too, and it is impossible that they should not; otherwise that heaven will not be either. So whoever asks where the animals come from is asking where heaven There comes from; and that is asking where the living being comes from; and that is the same as asking where life comes from, and all life, and all soul, and the whole of Intellect—since there is no poverty or lack There, but all things are filled with life and, as it were, seething.

    ἔστι δ’ αὐτῶν ἡ οἷον ῥοὴ ἐκ μιᾶς πηγῆς, οὐχ οἷον ἑνός τινος πνεύματος ἢ θερμότητος μιᾶς, ἀλλ’ οἷον εἴ τις ἦν ποιότης μία πάσας ἐν αὑτῇ ἔχουσα καὶ σώζουσα τὰς ποιότητας, γλυκύτης μετ’ εὐωδίας, καὶ ὁμοῦ οἰνώδης ποιότης καὶ χυλῶν ἁπάντων δυνάμεις καὶ χρωμάτων ὄψεις καὶ ὅσα ἁφαὶ γινώσκουσιν. ἔστωσαν δὲ καὶ ὅσα ἀκοαὶ ἀκούουσι, πάντα μέλη καὶ ῥυθμὸς πᾶς.

    Their flow, so to speak, is from one source—not like some single breath or single warmth, but as if there were one quality that held and preserved all qualities in itself: sweetness together with fragrance, and at the same time the quality of wine, the powers of every flavor, the sights of colors, and everything that touch knows. Let there also be everything that hearing hears, every melody and every rhythm.

    The wandering of Intellect

    Intellect wanders within itself over the plain of truth, always same and other.

    ἔστι γὰρ οὔτε νοῦς ἁπλοῦν, οὔτε ἡ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ψυχή, ἀλλὰ ποικίλα πάντα ὅσῳ ἁπλᾶ, τοῦτο δὲ ὅσῳ μὴ σύνθετα καὶ ὅσῳ ἀρχαὶ καὶ ὅσῳ ἐνέργειαι. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἐσχάτου ἡ ἐνέργεια ὡς ἂν λήγουσα ἁπλῆ, τοῦ δὲ πρώτου πᾶσαι· νοῦς τε κινούμενος κινεῖται μὲν ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ ταὐτὰ καὶ ὅμοια ἀεί, οὐ μέντοι ταὐτὸν καὶ ἕν τι ἐν μέρει, ἀλλὰ πάντα· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἐν μέρει αὖ οὐχ ἕν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἄπειρον διαιρούμενον. ἀπὸ τίνος δὲ φαῖμεν ἂν καὶ πάντως ἐπὶ τί, ὡς ἔσχατον. τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ πᾶν ἆρα ὥσπερ γραμμή, ἢ ὥσπερ ἕτερον σῶμα ὁμοιομερές τι καὶ ἀποίκιλον; ἀλλὰ τί τὸ σεμνόν;

    For neither Intellect is simple, nor the soul that comes from it; rather, all things are varied in the measure that they are simple—that is, in that they are not composite, in that they are principles, and in that they are activities. The activity of what is last is simple, as it peters out; but that of the first is all activities. And Intellect, when it moves, moves always in the same way and in the same respect and alike; yet it is not one same thing in part, but all things—since what is in part, again, is not one either, but this too is divided without limit. We would say it moves from something and surely toward something, as its last term. But is all that lies between like a line, or like some other body, uniform and without variety? Then what would be majestic about it?

    εἰ γὰρ μηδεμίαν ἔχει ἐξαλλαγὴν μηδέ τις ἐξεγείρει αὐτὸ εἰς τὸ ζῆν ἑτερότης, οὐδ’ ἂν ἐνέργεια εἴη· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἂν ἡ τοιαύτη κατάστασις μὴ ἐνεργείας διαφέροι. κἂν κίνησις δὲ ᾖ τοιαύτη, οὐ πανταχῶς, μοναχῶς δ’ ἂν εἴη ζωή· δεῖ δὲ πάντα ζῆν καὶ πανταχόθεν καὶ οὐδὲν μὴ ζῆν. ἐπὶ πάντα οὖν κινεῖσθαι δεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ κεκινῆσθαι. ἁπλοῦν δὲ εἰ κινοῖτο, ἐκεῖνο μόνον ἔχει, καὶ ἢ αὐτὸ καὶ οὐ προύβη εἰς οὐδέν, ἢ εἰ προύβη, ἄλλο μένον· ὥστε δύο· καὶ εἰ ταὐτὸν τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ, μένει ἓν καὶ οὐ προελήλυθεν, εἰ δ’ ἕτερον, προῆλθε μετὰ ἑτερότητος καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκ ταὐτοῦ τινος καὶ ἑτέρου τρίτον ἕν.

    For if it has no variation, and no otherness wakes it to life, it would not be an activity either; such a state would not differ at all from non-activity. And even if there were motion of that kind, it would be life in only one way, not in every way. But everything must live, and from every side, and nothing must fail to live. So it must move toward all things—or rather, have moved. If something simple were to move, it has only that one thing: either it is itself and has not advanced to anything, or, if it has advanced, it is something else, while the first remains; so there are two. And if this is the same as that, it remains one and has not proceeded; but if it is different, it has proceeded with otherness and made, out of something same and something other, a third thing that is one.

    γενόμενον δὴ ἐκ ταὐτοῦ καὶ ἑτέρου τὸ γενόμενον φύσιν ἔχει ταὐτὸν καὶ ἕτερον εἶναι· ἕτερον δὲ οὐ τί, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ἕτερον· καὶ γὰρ τὸ ταὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πᾶν. πᾶν δὲ ταὐτὸν ὂν καὶ πᾶν ἕτερον οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι ἀπολείπει τῶν ἑτέρων. φύσιν ἄρα ἔχει ἐπὶ πᾶν ἑτεροιοῦσθαι. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐστι πρὸ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἕτερα πάντα, ἤδη πάσχοι ἂν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν· εἰ δὲ μή ἐστιν, οὗτος τὰ πάντα ἐγέννα, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ πάντα ἦν. οὐκ ἔστιν ἄρα τὰ ὄντα εἶναι μὴ νοῦ ἐνεργήσαντος, ἐνεργήσαντος δὲ ἀεὶ ἄλλο μετ’ ἄλλο καὶ οἷον πλανηθέντος πᾶσαν πλάνην καὶ ἐν αὑτῷ πλανηθέντος, οἷα νοῦς ἐν αὑτῷ ὁ ἀληθινὸς πέφυκε πλανᾶσθαι· πέφυκε δ’ ἐν οὐσίαις πλανᾶσθαι συνθεουσῶν τῶν οὐσιῶν ταῖς αὐτοῦ πλάναις.

    Since what has come to be has come from the same and the other, it has the nature of being same and other—other not in some particular, but other entirely; for its sameness too is entire. Being entirely same and entirely other, there is nothing other that it leaves out. It has, then, the nature to become other in every direction. Now if all the other things existed before it, it would already be affected by them; but if they do not, this Intellect generated all things—or rather, was all things. So the beings cannot exist unless Intellect has been active—active always in one thing after another, and wandering, as it were, every wandering, and wandering within itself, as the true Intellect naturally wanders within itself. And it is its nature to wander among beings, the beings running along with its wanderings.

    πανταχοῦ δ’ αὐτός ἐστι· μένουσαν οὖν ἔχει τὴν πλάνην. ἡ δὲ πλάνη αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας πεδίῳ, οὗ οὐκ ἐκβαίνει. ἔχει δὲ καταλαβὼν πᾶν καὶ αὑτῷ ποιήσας εἰς τὸ κινεῖσθαι οἷον τόπον, καὶ ὁ τόπος ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ οὗ τόπος. ποικίλον δέ ἐστι τὸ πεδίον τοῦτο, ἵνα καὶ διεξίοι· εἰ δὲ μὴ κατὰ πᾶν καὶ ἀεὶ ποικίλον, καθ’ ὅσον μὴ ποικίλον, ἕστηκεν.

    But it is itself everywhere; so its wandering is a wandering that remains. Its wandering is in the plain of truth, from which it does not step out. It holds the whole of it, having taken possession of it and made it a sort of place for itself to move in; and the place is the same as that whose place it is. This plain is varied, so that it may also travel through it; and if it were not varied in every respect and always, then insofar as it was not varied, it would stand still.

    εἰ δ’ ἕστηκεν, οὐ νοεῖ· ὥστε καί, εἰ ἔστη, οὐ νενόηκεν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐδ’ ἔστιν. ἔστιν οὖν νόησις· ἡ δὲ κίνησις πᾶσα πληροῦσα οὐσίαν πᾶσαν, καὶ ἡ πᾶσα οὐσία νόησις πᾶσα ζωὴν περιλαβοῦσα πᾶσαν, καὶ μετ’ ἄλλο ἀεὶ ἄλλο, καὶ ὅτι αὐτοῦ ταὐτὸν καὶ ἄλλο, καὶ διαιροῦντι ἀεὶ τὸ ἄλλο ἀναφαίνεται. πᾶσα δὲ διὰ ζωῆς ἡ πορεία καὶ διὰ ζῴων πᾶσα, ὥσπερ καὶ τῷ διὰ γῆς ἰόντι πάντα, ἃ διέξεισι, γῆ, κἂν διαφορὰς ἔχῃ ἡ γῆ. καὶ ἐκεῖ ἡ μὲν ζωὴ δι’ ἧς ἡ αὐτή, ὅτι δὲ ἀεὶ ἄλλη, οὐχ ἡ αὐτή.

    And if it stands still, it does not think; so if it had come to a stop, it would not have thought; and if so, it would not even be. So it is a thinking. Its motion is entire, filling all being, and all being is all thinking, embracing all life, and always one thing after another; and because what is the same in it is also other, as one divides, the other keeps appearing. All its journey is through life, and all through living beings—just as for someone traveling over land, everything he passes through is earth, even if the earth has differences. And There the life it passes through is the same, but because it is always different, it is not the same.

    ἀεὶ δ’ ἔχων τὴν αὐτὴν διὰ τῶν οὐκ αὐτῶν διέξοδον, ὅτι μὴ ἀμείβει, ἀλλὰ σύνεστι τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ ταὐτά· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὸ ὡσαύτως καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτά, ἀργεῖ πάντη καὶ τὸ ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια οὐδαμοῦ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα αὐτός, ὥστε πᾶς αὐτός. καὶ εἴπερ αὐτός, πᾶς, εἰ δὲ μή, οὐκ αὐτός. εἰ δὲ πᾶς αὐτός, καὶ πᾶς, ὅτι τὰ πάντα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔστιν, ὅ τι μὴ συντελεῖ εἰς τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν ἔστιν αὐτοῦ, ὅ τι μὴ ἄλλο, ἵνα ἄλλο ὂν καὶ τοῦτο συντελῇ. εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἄλλο, ἀλλὰ ταὐτόν, ἐλαττώσει αὐτοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν ἰδίαν οὐ παρεχόμενον εἰς συντέλειαν αὐτοῦ φύσιν.

    It always keeps the same course through things that are not the same, because it does not change; its being “in the same way and in the same respect” goes along with the others. For if “in the same way and in the same respect” did not concern the others, it would be wholly idle, and what is active and its activity would be nowhere. But it is also itself the others, so that it is itself all. And if it is itself, it is all; if not, it is not itself. And if it is itself all, it is all because it is all things; and there is nothing that does not contribute to all things, nothing of it that is not other, so that, being other, this too may contribute. For if it were not other but the same, it would diminish its being by not contributing its own nature to its completion.

    ἔστι δὲ καὶ παραδείγμασι νοεροῖς χρώμενον εἰδέναι οἷόν ἐστι νοῦς, ὡς οὐκ ἀνέχεται οἷον κατὰ μονάδα μὴ ἄλλος εἶναι. τίνα γὰρ καὶ βούλει εἰς παράδειγμα λαβεῖν λόγον εἴτε φυτοῦ εἴτε ζῴου; εἰ γὰρ ἕν τι καὶ μὴ ἓν τοῦτο ποικίλον, οὔτ’ ἂν λόγος εἴη, τό τε γενόμενον ὕλη ἂν εἴη τοῦ λόγου μὴ πάντα γενομένου εἰς τὸ πανταχοῦ τῆς ὕλης ἐμπεσόντα μηδὲν αὐτῆς ἐᾶσαι τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι· οἷον πρόσωπον οὐκ ὄγκος εἷς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥῖνες καὶ ὀφθαλμοί· καὶ ἡ ῥὶς οὐχὶ οὖσα ἕν, ἀλλ’ ἕτερον, τὸ δ’ ἕτερον αὖ πάλιν αὐτῆς, εἰ ἔμελλε ῥὶς εἶναι· ἓν γάρ τι ἁπλῶς οὖσα ὄγκος ἂν ἦν μόνον.

    One can also see what Intellect is like by using intellectual examples, and see that it cannot bear to be, as it were, a unit, without otherness. Take whatever rational principle you like as an example, of a plant or an animal. If it were a single thing, and not a single thing that is varied, it would not be a rational principle, and what came to be would be matter, since the rational principle would not have become all things by entering every part of matter and allowing no part of it to stay the same. A face, for instance, is not one mass, but nose and eyes as well; and the nose is not one thing either, but has one part and another, and these in turn others, if it was to be a nose; for if it were simply one thing, it would be only a mass.

    καὶ τὸ ἄπειρον οὕτως ἐν νῷ, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἓν πολλά, οὐχ ὡς οἶκος εἷς, ἀλλ’ ὡς λόγος πολὺς ἐν αὑτῷ, ἐν ἑνὶ σχήματι νοῦ οἷον περιγραφῇ ἔχων περιγραφὰς ἐντὸς καὶ σχηματισμοὺς αὖ ἐντὸς καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ νοήσεις καὶ τὴν διαίρεσιν μὴ κατ’ εὐθύ, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς ἀεί, οἷον τοῦ παντὸς ζῴου ἐμπεριεχομένας ζῴων φύσεις, καὶ πάλιν αὖ ἄλλας ἐπὶ τὰ μικρότερα τῶν ζῴων καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐλάττους δυνάμεις, ὅπου στήσεται εἰς εἶδος ἄτομον. ἡ δὲ διαίρεσις ἔγκειται οὐ συγκεχυμένων, καίτοι εἰς ἓν ὄντων, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ λεγομένη ἐν τῷ παντὶ φιλία τοῦτο, οὑχ ἡ ἐν τῷδε τῷ παντί· μιμεῖται γὰρ αὕτη ἐκ διεστηκότων οὖσα φίλη· ἡ δὲ ἀληθὴς πάντα ἓν εἶναι καὶ μήποτε διακριθῆναι. διακρίνεσθαι δέ φησι τὸ ἐν τῷδε τῷ οὐρανῷ.

    And this is how the unlimited is in Intellect: because it is one-many—not like one house, but like a rational principle that is many within itself. Within the single figure of Intellect, as within an outline, it holds outlines inside, and figures again inside those, and powers and thoughts; and the division does not run in a straight line, but always inward—as the natures of animals are contained in the whole living being, and again others, down to smaller animals and lesser powers, until it stops at an indivisible species. The division is present without their being confused, although they are directed toward one. Rather, this is what is called Friendship in the All—not the friendship in this All; for that one imitates, being a friendship of things that stand apart. The true one is all things being one and never being separated. And he says that what is in this heaven is separated.

    ταύτην οὖν τὴν ζωὴν τὴν πολλὴν καὶ πᾶσαν καὶ πρώτην καὶ μίαν τίς ἰδὼν οὐκ ἐν ταύτῃ εἶναι ἀσπάζεται τὴν ἄλλην πᾶσαν ἀτιμάσας; σκότος γὰρ αἱ ἄλλαι αἱ κάτω καὶ σμικραὶ καὶ ἀμυδραὶ καὶ εὐτελεῖς καὶ οὐ καθαραὶ καὶ τὰς καθαρὰς μολύνουσαι. κἂν εἰς αὐτὰς ἴδῃς, οὐκέτι τὰς καθαρὰς οὔτε ὁρᾷς, οὔτε ζῇς ἐκείνας τὰς πάσας ὁμοῦ, ἐν αἷς οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅ τι μὴ ζῇ καὶ καθαρῶς ζῇ κακὸν οὐδὲν ἔχον. τὰ γὰρ κακὰ ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι ἴχνος ζωῆς καὶ νοῦ ἴχνος· ἐκεῖ δὲ τὸ ἀρχέτυπον τὸ ἀγαθοειδές φησιν, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχει.

    Who, then, having seen this life—many, entire, first and one—would not long to be in it, disdaining every other? For the other lives, the ones below, are darkness: small, dim, mean, impure, and staining the pure ones. If you look at them, you no longer see the pure ones, nor do you live all those lives together in which there is nothing that does not live, and live purely, with nothing bad in it. For bad things are here, because here there is a trace of life and a trace of intellect; There is the archetype, “good-like,” as he says, because it holds the good in the Forms.

    In the Republic (509a) Plato calls knowledge and truth “good-like” (agathoeidē), images of the Good but not the Good itself.

    τὸ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἀγαθόν, ὁ δὲ ἀγαθός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ θεωρεῖν τὸ ζῆν ἔχων· θεωρεῖ δὲ ἀγαθοειδῆ ὄντα τὰ θεωρούμενα καὶ αὐτά, ἃ ἐκτήσατο, ὅτε ἐθεώρει τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν. ἦλθε δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν οὐχ ὡς ἐκεῖ ἦν, ἀλλ’ ὡς αὐτὸς ἔσχεν. ἀρχὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐν τούτῳ καὶ οὗτος ὁ ποιήσας ταῦτα ἐξ ἐκείνου. οὐ γὰρ ἦν θέμις βλέποντα εἰς ἐκεῖνον μηδὲν νοεῖν οὐδ’ αὖ τὰ ἐν ἐκείνῳ· οὐ γὰρ ἂν αὐτὸς ἐγέννα. δύναμιν οὖν εἰς τὸ γεννᾶν εἶχε παρ’ ἐκείνου καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ πληροῦσθαι γεννημάτων διδόντος ἐκείνου ἃ μὴ εἶχεν αὐτός. ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ πολλὰ τούτῳ· ἣν γὰρ ἐκομίζετο δύναμιν ἀδυνατῶν ἔχειν συνέθραυε καὶ πολλὰ ἐποίησε τὴν μίαν, ἵν’ οὕτω δύναιτο κατὰ μέρος φέρειν.

    For that is the Good, while Intellect is good by having its life in contemplating; and what it contemplates is good-like—the very things it acquired when it contemplated the nature of the Good. They came into it, though, not as they were There, but as it itself held them. For that is the principle, and it is from that that they are in this, and it is this that made them from that. For it was not lawful that, looking at that, it should think nothing; nor, again, that it should think the things in that, for then it would not itself be generating. So it had from that the power to generate, and to be filled with its own offspring, that one giving what it did not itself have. But from that, which is one, many things came to it; for the power it received it was unable to hold, so it broke it up and made the one many, so that it could bear it part by part.

    ὅ τι οὖν ἐγέννα, ἀγαθοῦ ἐκ δυνάμεως ἦν καὶ ἀγαθοειδὲς ἦν καὶ αὐτὸς ἀγαθὸς ἐξ ἀγαθοειδῶν, ἀγαθὸν ποικίλον. διὸ καὶ εἴ τις αὐτὸν ἀπεικάζοι σφαίρᾳ ζώσῃ ποικίλῃ, εἴτε παμπρόσωπόν τι χρῆμα λάμπον ζῶσι προσώποις εἴτε ψυχὰς τὰς καθαρὰς πάσας εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συνδραμούσας φαντάζοιτο οὐκ ἐνδεεῖς, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ αὑτῶν ἐχούσας, καὶ νοῦν τὸν πάντα ἐπ’ ἄκραις αὐταῖς ἱδρυμένον, ὡς φέγγει νοερῷ καταλάμπεσθαι τὸν τόπον — φανταζόμενος μὲν οὕτως ἔξω πως ἄλλος ὢν ὁρῴη [ἂν] ἄλλον· δεῖ δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἐκεῖνο γενόμενον τὴν θέαν ἑαυτὸν ποιήσασθαι.

    So whatever it generated came from the power of the Good and was good-like, and it is itself good, made of good-like things, a varied good. That is why, if someone were to liken it to a living, varied sphere, or to imagine it as a thing that is all faces, shining with living faces, or as all the pure souls running together into the same place, not lacking but having all that is theirs, and the whole Intellect seated at their summit, so that the place is lit with intellectual light—imagining it so, he would see it as one who is, in a way, outside, seeing another. But one must become that oneself, and make oneself the vision.

    What makes things good?

    Leaving Intellect’s beauty, Plotinus asks what makes the intelligibles good and desired.

    χρὴ δὲ μηδ’ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ πολλῷ τούτῳ καλῷ μένειν, μεταβαίνειν δ’ ἔτι πρὸς τὸ ἄνω ἀίξαντα καὶ ἀφέντα τοῦτο, οὐκ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἐκείνου, θαυμάσαντα τίς ὁ γεννήσας καὶ ὅπως. ἕκαστον μὲν οὖν εἶδος ἕκαστον καὶ ἴδιος οἷον τύπος· ἀγαθοειδὲς δὲ ὂν κοινὸν τὸ ἐπιθέον ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἔχει. ἔχει μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸ ὂν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὸ ζῷον ἕκαστον ζωῆς κοινῆς ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ὑπαρχούσης, τάχα δ’ ἂν καὶ ἄλλα. ἀλλὰ καθ’ ὅσον ἀγαθὰ καὶ διότι ἀγαθά, τί ἂν εἴη; πρὸς δὴ τὴν τοιαύτην σκέψιν τάχ’ ἂν εἴη προὔργου ἄρξασθαι ἐντεῦθεν.

    But one must not stay forever in this manifold beauty. One must move on still further, darting upward and leaving this behind—not out of this heaven, but out of that one—in wonder at who generated it, and how. Each Form is each, and has, as it were, its own stamp; but being good-like, it has in common what plays over them all. It has being over all of them, too, and each one has “living being,” since a common life is present over all, and perhaps other things as well. But insofar as they are good, and because they are good, what would that be? For an inquiry of this kind it may be useful to start from here.

    ἆρα, ὅτε ἑώρα πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἐνόει ὡς πολλὰ τὸ ἓν ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἓν ὢν αὐτὸς ἐνόει αὐτό, πολλὰ μερίζων αὐτὸ παρ’ αὑτῷ τῷ νοεῖν μὴ ὅλον ὁμοῦ δύνασθαι; ἀλλ’ οὔπω νοῦς ἦν ἐκεῖνο βλέπων, ἀλλ’ ἔβλεπεν ἀνοήτως.

    When it looked toward the Good, did it think that One as many, and, being one itself, think it by dividing it into many within itself, because it could not think it whole all at once? But it was not yet Intellect when it looked at that; it looked without thinking.

    ἢ φατέον ὡς οὐδ’ ἑώρα πώποτε, ἀλλ’ ἔζη μὲν πρὸς αὐτὸ καὶ ἀνήρτητο αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπέστραπτο πρὸς αὐτό, ἡ δὲ κίνησις αὕτη πληρωθεῖσα τῷ ἐκεῖ κινεῖσθαι καὶ περὶ ἐκεῖνο ἐπλήρωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ οὐκέτι κίνησις ἦν μόνον, ἀλλὰ κίνησις διακορὴς καὶ πλήρης· ἑξῆς δὲ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ ἔγνω τοῦτο ἐν συναισθήσει αὑτοῦ καὶ νοῦς ἤδη ἦν, πληρωθεὶς μέν, ἵν’ ἔχῃ, ὃ ὄψεται, βλέπων δὲ αὐτὰ μετὰ φωτὸς παρὰ τοῦ δόντος ἐκεῖνα καὶ τοῦτο κομιζόμενος. διὰ τοῦτο οὐ μόνον λέγεται τῆς οὐσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι αὐτήν, αἴτιος ἐκεῖνος εἶναι.

    Or rather, we should say that it never saw it at all, but lived toward it, hung on it and had turned back toward it; and this motion, filled by moving There and around that, filled it, and was no longer only motion, but motion sated and full. Next it became all things and knew this in its self-awareness, and was then Intellect: filled so as to have what it would see, and seeing them with light from the one who gave them, and receiving this light as well. That is why that is said to be the cause not only of being but also of its being seen.

    Plotinus is drawing on the Republic (508–509), where the Good, like the sun, gives the objects of knowledge both their being known and their being.

    ὥσπερ δὲ ὁ ἥλιος τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς καὶ τοῦ γίνεσθαι αἴτιος ὢν αἴτιός πως καὶ τῆς ὄψεως ἐστιν — οὔκουν οὔτε ὄψις οὔτε τὰ γινόμενα — οὕτω καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσις αἰτία οὐσίας καὶ νοῦ οὖσα καὶ φῶς κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον τοῖς ἐκεῖ ὁρατοῖς καὶ τῷ ὁρῶντι οὔτε τὰ ὄντα οὔτε νοῦς ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ αἴτιον τούτων καὶ νοεῖσθαι φωτὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὄντα καὶ εἰς τὸν νοῦν παρέχον. πληρούμενος μὲν οὖν ἐγίνετο, πληρωθεὶς δὲ ἦν, καὶ ὁμοῦ ἀπετελέσθη καὶ ἑώρα. ἀρχὴ δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πρὶν πληρωθῆναι ἦν· ἑτέρα δὲ ἀρχὴ οἱονεὶ ἔξωθεν ἡ πληροῦσα ἦν, ἀφ’ ἧς οἷον ἐτυποῦτο πληρούμενος.

    Just as the sun, being the cause, for perceptible things, of their being seen and of their coming to be, is in a way the cause of sight too—and so is neither sight nor the things that come to be—so the nature of the Good, being the cause of being and of Intellect, and light, by analogy, to the visible things There and to the one who sees, is neither the beings nor Intellect, but their cause, and gives them their being thought by its own light shed on the beings and on Intellect. So as it was being filled it was coming to be, and once filled it was, and in the same moment it was completed and saw. Its principle was what it was before it was filled; but there was another principle, as if from outside, the one that filled it, from which it was, as it were, stamped as it was filled.

    ἀλλὰ πῶς ταῦτα ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ὄντων ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ πληρώσαντι, οὐδ’ αὖ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πληρουμένῳ; ὅτε γὰρ μήπω ἐπληροῦτο, οὐκ εἶχεν. ἢ οὐκ ἀνάγκη, ὅ τις δίδωσι, τοῦτο ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τὸ μὲν διδὸν μεῖζον νομίζειν, τὸ δὲ διδόμενον ἔλαττον τοῦ διδόντος· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ γένεσις ἐν τοῖς οὖσι. πρῶτον γὰρ δεῖ τὸ ἐνεργείᾳ εἶναι, τὰ δ’ ὕστερα δυνάμει εἶναι τὰ πρὸ αὐτῶν· καὶ τὸ πρῶτον δὲ ἐπέκεινα τῶν δευτέρων καὶ τοῦ διδομένου τὸ διδὸν ἐπέκεινα ἦν· κρεῖττον γάρ. εἴ τι τοίνυν ἐνεργείας πρότερον, ἐπέκεινα ἐνεργείας, ὥστε καὶ ἐπέκεινα ζωῆς. εἰ οὖν ζωὴ ἐν τούτῳ, ὁ διδοὺς ἔδωκε μὲν ζωήν, καλλίων δὲ καὶ τιμιώτερος ζωῆς.

    But how are these in it, and how is it these, when they were not There in what filled it, nor in what was being filled? For when it was not yet filled, it did not have them. Or rather, one need not have what one gives. In cases like this we must think of the giver as greater and of what is given as less than the giver; for that is how generation goes among the beings. What is in act must come first, and the later things must be potentially what comes before them. The first is beyond what is second, and the giver was beyond what is given, for it is better. If, then, there is something prior to activity, it is beyond activity, and so beyond life too. If, then, there is life in this, the giver gave life, but is more beautiful and more precious than life.

    εἶχεν οὖν ζωὴν καὶ οὐκ ἐδεῖτο ποικίλου τοῦ διδόντος, καὶ ἦν ἡ ζωὴ ἴχνος τι ἐκείνου, οὐκ ἐκείνου ζωή. πρὸς ἐκεῖνο μὲν οὖν βλέπουσα ἀόριστος ἦν, βλέψασα δ’ ἐκεῖ ὡρίζετο ἐκείνου ὅρον οὐκ ἔχοντος. εὐθὺς γὰρ πρὸς ἕν τι ἰδοῦσα ὁρίζεται τούτῳ καὶ ἴσχει ἐν αὑτῇ ὅρον καὶ πέρας καὶ εἶδος· καὶ τὸ εἶδος ἐν τῷ μορφωθέντι, τὸ δὲ μορφῶσαν ἄμορφον ἦν· ὁ δὲ ὅρος οὐκ ἔξωθεν, οἷον μεγέθει περιτεθείς, ἀλλ’ ἦν πάσης ἐκείνης τῆς ζωῆς ὁ ὅρος πολλῆς καὶ ἀπείρου οὔσης, ὡς ἂν παρὰ τοιαύτης φύσεως ἐκλαμψάσης, ζωή τε ἦν οὐ τοῦδε· ὥριστο γὰρ ἂν ὡς ἀτόμου ἤδη.

    So it had life and did not need a giver that was varied; and the life was a trace of that, not that one’s life. Looking toward that, it was unbounded; once it had looked There, it was bounded, though that has no bound. For as soon as it looks to something one, it is bounded by it and holds in itself bound, limit and form. The form was in what was shaped, while what shaped it was shapeless. The bound did not come from outside, like something laid around a magnitude; it was the bound of all that life, which is many and unlimited, as one would expect of what shone out from such a nature. And it was not the life of some particular thing; for then it would have been bounded already as that of an individual.

    ἀλλ’ ὥριστο μέντοι· ἦν ἄρα ὁρισθεῖσα ὡς ἑνός τινος πολλοῦ. ὥριστο δὴ καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν πολλῶν, διὰ μὲν τὸ πολὺ τῆς ζωῆς πολλὰ ὁρισθέν, διὰ δὲ αὖ τὸν ὅρον ἕν. τί οὖν τὸ ἓν ὡρίσθη; νοῦς· ὁρισθεῖσα γὰρ ζωὴ νοῦς· τί δὲ τὸ πολλά; νόες πολλοί. πάντα οὖν νόες, καὶ ὁ μὲν πᾶς νοῦς, οἱ δὲ ἕκαστοι νοῖ. ὁ δὲ πᾶς νοῦς ἕκαστον περιέχων ἆρα ταὐτὸν ἕκαστον περιέχει; ἀλλ’ ἕνα ἂν περιεῖχεν. εἰ οὖν πολλοί, διαφορὰν δεῖ εἶναι. πάλιν οὖν πῶς ἕκαστος διαφορὰν ἔσχεν; ἢ ἐν τῷ καὶ εἷς ὅλως γενέσθαι εἶχε τὴν διαφοράν· οὐ γὰρ ταὐτὸν ὁτῳοῦν νῷ τὸ πᾶν. ἦν οὖν ἡ μὲν ζωὴ δύναμις πᾶσα, ἡ δὲ ὅρασις ἡ ἐκεῖθεν δύναμις πάντων, ὁ δὲ γενόμενος νοῦς αὐτὰ ἀνεφάνη τὰ πάντα.

    But it was bounded all the same; it was bounded, then, as the life of something one that is many. And each of the many was bounded too: through the multiplicity of life, bounded as many; through the bound, one. What, then, was bounded as one? Intellect: for bounded life is Intellect. And what as many? Many intellects. So all are intellects: the whole is Intellect, and the individual ones are intellects. But does the whole Intellect, containing each one, contain each one as the same? Then it would contain only one. If, then, they are many, there must be difference. Again, then: how did each come to have difference? Or rather, it had its difference in actually becoming one; for the whole is not the same as any intellect whatever. So the life was all power, the seeing from There was the power of all things, and Intellect, once it came to be, appeared as all things themselves.

    ὁ δὲ ἐπικάθηται αὐτοῖς, οὐχ ἵνα ἱδρυθῇ, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἱδρύσῃ εἶδος ἰδὼν τῶν πρώτων ἀνείδεον αὐτό. καὶ νοῦς δὲ γίνεται πρὸς ψυχὴν οὕτω φῶς εἰς αὐτήν, ὡς ἐκεῖνος εἰς νοῦν· καὶ ὅταν καὶ οὗτος ὁρίσῃ τὴν ψυχήν, λογικὴν ποιεῖ δοὺς αὐτῇ ὧν ἔσχεν ἴχνος ἴχνος οὖν καὶ νοῦς ἐκείνου· ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ νοῦς εἶδος καὶ ἐν ἐκστάσει καὶ πλήθει, ἐκεῖνος ἄμορφος καὶ ἀνείδεος· οὕτω γὰρ εἰδοποιεῖ. εἰ δ’ ἦν ἐκεῖνος εἶδος, ὁ νοῦς ἦν ἂν λόγος. ἔδει δὲ τὸ πρῶτον μὴ πολὺ μηδαμῶς εἶναι· ἀνήρτητο γὰρ ἂν τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ εἰς ἕτερον αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ.

    And it sits upon them, not to be established on them, but to establish them, having seen a form of the first things, which itself is formless. And Intellect in turn becomes light for soul, shining into it, as that is for Intellect; and when Intellect too bounds the soul, it makes it rational, giving it a trace of what it had. So Intellect too is a trace of that. But since Intellect is form, and is in extension and multiplicity, that is shapeless and formless; for that is how it gives form. If that were a form, Intellect would be a rational principle. But the First had to be in no way many; for its multiplicity would then have depended on something else again, prior to it.

    ἀλλ’ ἀγαθοειδῆ κατὰ τί τὰ ἐν τῷ νῷ; ἆρα ᾗ εἶδος ἕκαστον, ἢ ᾗ καλά, ἢ [ᾗ] τί; εἰ δὴ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἧκον πᾶν ἴχνος καὶ τύπον ἔχει ἐκείνου ἢ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀπὸ πυρὸς ἴχνος πυρὸς καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ γλυκέος γλυκέος ἴχνος, ἥκει δὲ εἰς νοῦν καὶ ζωὴ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου· ἐκ γὰρ τῆς παρ’ ἐκείνου ἐνεργείας ὑπέστη· καὶ νοῦς δὲ δι’ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τὸ τῶν εἰδῶν κάλλος ἐκεῖθεν, πάντα ἂν ἀγαθοειδῆ εἴη, καὶ ζωὴ καὶ νοῦς καὶ ἰδέα, ἀλλὰ τί τὸ κοινόν;

    But in what respect are the things in Intellect good-like? Is it insofar as each is a Form, or insofar as they are beautiful, or what? If everything that comes from the Good has a trace and imprint of it, or derived from it—as what comes from fire is a trace of fire, and what comes from something sweet is a trace of sweetness—and life comes to Intellect from that (for it came into existence out of the activity that comes from that), and Intellect too exists because of that, and the beauty of the Forms comes from There, then everything would be good-like, life and Intellect and Form. But what is the common element?

    οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἀρκεῖ τὸ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου πρὸς τὸ ταὐτόν· ἐν αὐτοῖς γὰρ δεῖ τὸ κοινὸν εἶναι· καὶ γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μὴ ταὐτὸν ἢ καὶ δοθὲν ὡσαύτως ἐν τοῖς δεξομένοις ἄλλο γίνεσθαι· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλο τὸ εἰς πρώτην ἐνέργειαν, ἄλλο δὲ τὸ τῇ πρώτῃ ἐνεργείᾳ δοθέν· τὸ δ’ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἄλλο ἤδη. ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει καθ’ ἕκαστον μὲν ἀγαθοειδὲς εἶναι, μᾶλλον μὴν κατ’ ἄλλο. τί οὖν καθ’ ὃ μάλιστα; ἀλλὰ πρότερον ἐκεῖνο ἀναγκαῖον ἰδεῖν· ἆρά γε ἀγαθὸν ἡ ζωή, ᾗ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ζωὴ ἡ ψιλὴ θεωρουμένη καὶ ἀπογεγυμνωμένη; ἢ ἡ ζωὴ ἡ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλο τι ἡ τοιαύτη; πάλιν οὖν τί ἡ τοιαύτη ζωή; ἢ ἀγαθοῦ. ἀλλ’ οὐκ αὐτοῦ ἦν, ἀλλ’ ἐξ αὐτοῦ.

    For coming from that is not enough to make them the same; the common element must be in the things themselves. Something not the same could come from the same source, or what is given in the same way could become different in those who receive it; since what goes into the first activity is one thing, what is given to the first activity is another, and what comes after these is different again. Or rather, nothing prevents each from being good-like, but more so in one respect. In what respect most, then? But first we must look at this: is life good insofar as it is just this, life, viewed bare and stripped? Or is it the life that comes from it—and is “from it” something other than life of that kind? Again, then, what is such life? Or rather: the Good’s. But it was not the Good’s; it came from it.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ἐκείνῃ ἐνείη τι ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ ἔστιν ἡ ὄντως ζωὴ καὶ οὐδὲν ἄτιμον παρ’ ἐκείνου λεκτέον εἶναι, καὶ καθ’ ὃ ζωή, ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἐπὶ νοῦ δὴ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ἀνάγκη λέγειν τοῦ πρώτου ἐκείνου, ὅτι ἀγαθόν· καὶ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ εἶδος ἕκαστον ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀγαθοειδές.

    But if in that life there is something from that, and it is the life that really is, and we must say that nothing that comes from that is worthless, and that insofar as it is life it is good, then of the true Intellect too, that first one, we must say that it is good; and it is clear that each Form too is good and good-like.

    ἢ οὖν τι ἔχει ἀγαθόν, εἴτε κοινόν, εἴτε μᾶλλον ἄλλο, εἴτε τὸ μὲν πρώτως, τὸ δὲ τῷ ἐφεξῆς καὶ δευτέρως. ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἰλήφαμεν ἕκαστον ὡς ἔχον ἤδη ἐν τῇ οὐσίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθόν τι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἦν ἀγαθόν — καὶ γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν ἀγαθὸν οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἐλέγετο ἀληθινὴ καὶ ὅτι παρ’ ἐκείνου, καὶ νοῦς ὁ ὄντως — δεῖ τι τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶσθαι.

    Then it has something good, whether common, or more in one than in another, or in one primarily and in another as next in order and secondarily. For since we have taken each as already having something good in its being, and as good for this reason—life was good not simply, but because it was called true and because it came from that, and so was the Intellect that really is—something of the same must be seen in them.

    διαφόρων γὰρ ὄντων, ὅταν τὸ αὐτὸ αὐτῶν κατηγορῆται, κωλύει μὲν οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ οὐσίᾳ αὐτῶν τοῦτο ἐνυπάρχειν, ὅμως δ’ ἔστι λαβεῖν αὐτὸ χωρὶς τῷ λόγῳ, οἷον καὶ τὸ ζῷον ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἵππου, καὶ τὸ θερμὸν ἐπὶ ὕδατος καὶ πυρός, τὸ μὲν ὡς γένος, τὸ δ’ ὡς τὸ μὲν πρώτως, τὸ δὲ δευτέρως· ἢ ὁμωνύμως ἂν ἑκάτερον ἢ ἕκαστον λέγοιτο ἀγαθόν. ἆρ’ οὖν ἐνυπάρχει τῇ οὐσίᾳ αὐτῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν; ἢ ὅλον ἕκαστον ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, οὐ καθ’ ἓν τὸ ἀγαθόν. πῶς οὖν; ἢ ὡς μέρη. ἀλλὰ ἀμερὲς τὸ ἀγαθόν.

    For when the same thing is predicated of different things, nothing prevents it from being present in their being, but one can still take it separately in thought—as with “animal” in the case of man and horse, and “hot” in the case of water and fire: the first as a genus, the second as present primarily in one and secondarily in the other. Otherwise each of the two, or each one, would be called good only by homonymy. Is the good, then, present in their being? Or rather, each is good as a whole, not good in respect of some one thing. How, then? As parts? But the good is without parts.

    ἢ ἓν μὲν αὐτό, οὑτωσὶ δὲ τόδε· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἐνέργεια ἡ πρώτη ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτῇ ὁρισθὲν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ συνάμφω· καὶ τὸ μὲν ὅτι γενόμενον ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ ὅτι κόσμος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ δ’ ὅτι συνάμφω. ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ οὖν καὶ οὐδὲν ταὐτόν, οἷον εἰ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φωνὴ καὶ βάδισις καὶ ἄλλο τι, πάντα κατορθούμενα. ἢ ἐνταῦθα, ὅτι τάξις καὶ ῥυθμός· ἐκεῖ δὲ τί; ἀλλ’ εἴποι τις ἄν, ὡς ἐνταῦθα ὅλως τὸ καλῶς ἔξωθεν διαφόρων ὄντων τῶν περὶ ἃ ἡ τάξις, ἐκεῖ δὲ καὶ αὐτά. ἀλλὰ διὰ τί καὶ αὐτά; οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἀπ’ ἐκείνου δεῖ πιστεύοντας ἀφεῖναι· δεῖ μὲν γὰρ συγχωρεῖν ἀπ’ ἐκείνου ὄντα εἶναι τίμια, ἀλλὰ ποθεῖ ὁ λόγος λαβεῖν, κατὰ τί τὸ ἀγαθὸν αὐτῶν.

    Or rather, it is itself one, but this is good in this way, that in that. For the first activity is good, and what is bounded upon it is good, and the two together: the first because it came to be from it, the second because it is an ordering that comes from it, the third because it is both together. So they come from it, and none is the same—as if from the same person came voice and walking and something else, all done rightly. Or rather, here it is because there is order and rhythm; but There, what? But someone might say that here the “well” comes entirely from outside, since the things about which the order is are different, while There the things themselves are good too. But why are the things themselves good? We must not let the question go by trusting that they come from that. We must indeed grant that, coming from that, they are precious; but the argument longs to grasp in what respect their goodness lies.

    ἆρ’ οὖν τῇ ἐφέσει καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ ἐπιτρέψομεν τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τῷ ταύτης πάθει πιστεύσαντες τὸ ταύτῃ ἐφετὸν ἀγαθὸν φήσομεν, διότι δὲ ἐφίεται οὐ ζητήσομεν; καὶ τί μὲν ἕκαστον, περὶ τούτου ἀποδείξεις κομιοῦμεν, τὸ δ’ ἀγαθὸν τῇ ἐφέσει δώσομεν; ἀλλὰ πολλὰ ἄτοπα ἡμῖν φαίνεται. πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἕν τι τῶν πέρι· ἔπειτα, ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ ἐφιέμενα καὶ ἄλλα ἄλλων· πῶς οὖν κρινοῦμεν τῷ ἐφιεμένῳ, εἰ βέλτιον; ἀλλ’ ἴσως οὐδὲ τὸ βέλτιον γνωσόμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀγνοοῦντες. ἀλλὰ ἆρα τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὁριούμεθα κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἀρετήν; ἀλλ’ οὕτως εἰς εἶδος καὶ λόγον ἀνάξομεν, ὀρθῶς μὲν πορευόμενοι· ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες ἐκεῖ τί ἐροῦμεν αὐτὰ ταῦτα ζητοῦντες πῶς ἀγαθά;

    Shall we, then, hand the judgment over to desire and to the soul, and, trusting its experience, call good what it desires, without asking why it desires it? And shall we bring demonstrations about what each thing is, but hand the good over to desire? Many absurdities appear in that. First, the good would be one of the things that are relative; next, the things that desire are many, and they desire different things—how, then, shall we judge by the desirer whether something is better? Perhaps we will not even know what is better if we do not know the good. Then shall we define the good according to the virtue of each thing? But that way we will lead it up to form and rational principle—and we would be going the right way. Yet when we get There, what shall we say when we ask about these very things, how they are good?

    ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς χείροσιν, ὡς ἔοικε, γινώσκοιμεν ἂν τὴν φύσιν τὴν τοιαύτην καίτοι οὐκ ἔχουσαν εἰλικρινῶς τῇ πρὸς τὰ χείρω παραθέσει· ἐκεῖ δὲ, ὅπου μηδέν ἐστι κακόν, αὐτὰ δὲ ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐστι τὰ ἀμείνω, ἀπορήσομεν. ἆρ’ οὖν, ἐπειδὴ [ὁ] λόγος τὸ διότι ζητεῖ, ταῦτα δὲ ἀγαθὰ παρ’ αὑτῶν, διὰ τοῦτο ἀπορεῖ τοῦ διότι τὸ ὅτι ὄντος; ἐπεὶ κἂν ἄλλο φῶμεν αἴτιον, λόγου μὴ φθάνοντος ἐκεῖ ὁμοίως ἡ ἀπορία. οὐ μὴν ἀποστατέον, εἴ πῃ κατ’ ἄλλην ὁδὸν πορευομένοις τι φανείη.

    For in worse things, it seems, we could recognize a nature of this kind, even though they do not have it purely, by setting it beside what is worse still. But There, where nothing is bad and the better things are by themselves, we will be at a loss. Is it, then, because reason seeks the “why,” while these things are good of themselves, that it is at a loss for the “why,” since the “that” is the “why”? For even if we named something else as cause, the same difficulty would arise, since reason does not get There. Still, we must not give up, in case something should appear to us if we travel by another road.

    ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀπιστοῦμεν ἐν τῷ παρόντι ταῖς ὀρέξεσι πρὸς τὰς τοῦ τί ἐστιν ἢ ποῖόν ἐστι θέσεις, ἆρα χρὴ πρὸς τὰς κρίσεις ἰέναι καὶ τὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐναντιώσεις, οἷον τάξιν ἀταξίαν, σύμμετρον ἀσύμμετρον, ὑγίειαν νόσον, εἶδος ἀμορφίαν, οὐσίαν φθοράν, ὅλως σύστασιν ἀφάνισιν; τούτων γὰρ τὰ πρῶτα καθ’ ἑκάστην συζυγίαν τίς ἂν ἀμφισβητήσειε μὴ οὐκ ἐν ἀγαθοῦ εἴδει εἶναι; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ τὰ ποιητικὰ αὐτῶν ἀνάγκη ἐν ἀγαθοῦ μοίρᾳ τίθεσθαι. καὶ ἀρετὴ δὴ καὶ νοῦς καὶ ζωὴ καὶ ψυχή, ἥ γε ἔμφρων, ἐν ἀγαθοῦ εἴδει· καὶ ὧν ἐφίεται τοίνυν ἔμφρων ζωή. τί οὖν οὐ στησόμεθα, φήσει τις, εἰς νοῦν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθὸν θησόμεθα; καὶ γὰρ ψυχὴ καὶ ζωὴ νοῦ ἴχνη καὶ τούτου ἐφίεται ψυχή.

    Since, then, for the present we distrust our appetites as a basis for positing what the good is or what it is like, should we turn to judgments and to the oppositions among things—order and disorder, proportion and disproportion, health and disease, form and shapelessness, being and destruction, in short, coming together and vanishing? Who would dispute that the first in each pair falls under the form of good? If so, the things that produce them must also be placed in the portion of the good. So virtue and intellect and life and soul—the intelligent soul, at any rate—fall under the form of good; and so do the things that intelligent life desires. “Why, then,” someone will say, “shall we not stop at Intellect and posit this as the Good? For soul and life are traces of Intellect, and it is Intellect that soul desires.”

    καὶ κρίνει τοίνυν καὶ ἐφίεται νοῦ, κρίνουσα μὲν δικαιοσύνην ἀντ’ ἀδικίας ἄμεινον καὶ ἕκαστον εἶδος ἀρετῆς πρὸ κακίας εἴδους, καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἡ προτίμησις, ὧν καὶ ἡ αἵρεσις. ἀλλ’ εἰ μὲν νοῦ μόνον ἐφίεται, τάχ’ ἂν πλείονος ἐδέησε λόγου δεικνύντων, ὡς οὐ τὸ ἔσχατον ὁ νοῦς καὶ νοῦ μὲν οὐ πάντα, ἀγαθοῦ δὲ πάντα. καὶ τῶν μὲν μὴ ἐχόντων νοῦν οὐ πάντα νοῦν κτήσασθαι ζητεῖ, τὰ δὲ ἔχοντα νοῦν οὐχ ἵσταται ἤδη, ἀλλὰ πάλιν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ζητεῖ, καὶ νοῦν μὲν ἐκ λογισμοῦ, τὸ δ’ ἀγαθὸν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ λόγου. εἰ δὲ καὶ ζωῆς ἐφίεται καὶ τοῦ ἀεὶ εἶναι καὶ ἐνεργεῖν, οὐχ ᾗ νοῦς ἂν εἴη τὸ ἐφετόν, ἀλλ’ ᾗ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἀπὸ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ εἰς ἀγαθόν· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ ζωὴ οὕτως.

    So soul judges, and it desires Intellect: it judges justice better than injustice and each form of virtue above each form of vice, and it ranks first the same things it chooses. But if it desired Intellect alone, perhaps more argument would have been needed from us to show that Intellect is not the ultimate, and that not all things desire Intellect, but all things desire the Good. Of the things that do not have intellect, not all seek to acquire intellect; while those that have intellect do not stop there, but go on seeking the Good. And they seek intellect by reasoning, but the Good even before reason. And if soul also desires life, and to be forever, and to be active, what it desires would not be desired as intellect, but as good, and from the good, and leading to the good; since life too is desired in this way.

    τί οὖν ἓν ὂν ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ἕκαστον; ὧδε τοίνυν τετολμήσθω· εἶναι μὲν τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην ἀγαθοειδῆ, ἔφεσιν δὲ εἶναι καὶ τούτων, καθ’ ὅσον ἀγαθοειδῆ· ἀγαθοειδῆ δὲ λέγω τῷ τὴν μὲν τἀγαθοῦ εἶναι ἐνέργειαν, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐκ τἀγαθοῦ ἐνέργειαν, τὸν δὲ ἤδη ὁρισθεῖσαν ἐνέργειαν· εἶναι δ’ αὐτὰ μεστὰ μὲν ἀγλαίας καὶ διώκεσθαι μὲν ὑπὸ ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐκεῖθεν καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνα αὖ· ὡς τοίνυν οἰκεῖα, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ ἀγαθά· ἀγαθοειδῆ δὲ ὄντα οὐδὲ ταύτῃ ἀπόβλητα εἶναι. τὸ γὰρ οἰκεῖον, εἰ μὴ ἀγαθὸν εἴη, οἰκεῖον μέν ἐστι, φεύγει δέ τις αὐτό· ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλα πόρρω ὄντα καὶ κάτω κινήσειεν ἄν. γίνεται δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰ ἔρως ὁ σύντονος οὐχ ὅταν ᾖ ἅπερ ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ ὅταν ἐκεῖθεν ἤδη ὂν ἅπερ ἐστὶν ἄλλο προσλάβῃ.

    What, then, is the one thing in all of these that makes each good? Let us be bold and say it like this. That Intellect and that life are good-like, and they are desired insofar as they are good-like. I call them good-like because life is the activity of the Good—or rather, an activity from the Good—while Intellect is that activity already bounded. They are full of splendor and pursued by soul, since soul comes from There and turns back to them; so they are pursued as its own, not as good—but, being good-like, they are not to be rejected on that score either. For what is one’s own, if it is not good, is one’s own, but one shuns it; since other things too, far off and below, might move one. But the intense love for them arises not when they are just what they are, but when, being already what they are, they take on something else besides from There.

    οἷον γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων φωτὸς ἐμμεμιγμένου ὅμως δεῖ φωτὸς ἄλλου, ἵνα καὶ φανείη τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς φῶς, οὕτω τοι δεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ καίπερ πολὺ φῶς ἐχόντων φωτὸς κρείττονος ἄλλου, ἵνα κἀκεῖνα καὶ ὑπ’ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑπ’ ἄλλου ὀφθῇ.

    For just as with bodies, though light is mixed into them, another light is still needed for the light in them to show, so too with the things There, though they have much light, another, better light is needed, so that they may be seen both by themselves and by another.

    ὅταν οὖν τὸ φῶς τοῦτό τις ἴδῃ, τότε δὴ καὶ κινεῖται ἐπ’ αὐτὰ καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἐπιθέοντος ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς γλιχόμενος εὐφραίνεται, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθα σωμάτων οὐ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐστὶν ὁ ἔρως, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐμφανταζομένου κάλλους ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς. ἔστι γὰρ ἕκαστον ὃ ἔστιν ἐφ’ αὑτοῦ· ἐφετὸν δὲ γίνεται ἐπιχρώσαντος αὐτὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ὥσπερ χάριτας δόντος αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰς τὰ ἐφιέμενα ἔρωτας. καὶ τοίνυν ψυχὴ λαβοῦσα εἰς αὑτὴν τὴν ἐκεῖθεν ἀπορροὴν κινεῖται καὶ ἀναβακχεύεται καὶ οἴστρων πίμπλαται καὶ ἔρως γίνεται. πρὸ τοῦ δὲ οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸν νοῦν κινεῖται, καίπερ καλὸν ὄντα· ἀργόν τε γὰρ τὸ κάλλος αὐτοῦ, πρὶν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φῶς λάβῃ, ὑπτία τε ἀναπέπτωκεν ἡ ψυχὴ παρ’ αὑτῆς καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἀργῶς ἔχει καὶ παρόντος νοῦ ἐστι πρὸς αὐτὸν νωθής.

    So when one sees this light, then one is truly moved toward them, and, longing for the light that plays over them, one rejoices—just as, with bodies here, love is not for the underlying things but for the beauty that appears upon them. For each is what it is by itself; but it becomes desirable when the Good colors it, as though giving them graces and giving those who desire them loves. And so the soul, receiving into itself the emanation from There, is moved and rapt in Bacchic frenzy, filled with stinging longings, and becomes love. Before that it is not moved even toward Intellect, beautiful as Intellect is; for its beauty is inert until it receives the light of the Good, and the soul by itself lies flat on its back, inert toward everything, and even when Intellect is present it is sluggish toward it.

    ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἥκῃ εἰς αὐτὴν ὥσπερ θερμασία ἐκεῖθεν, ῥώννυταί τε καὶ ἐγείρεται καὶ ὄντως πτεροῦται καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρακείμενον καὶ πλησίον καίπερ ἐπτοημένη ὅμως πρὸς ἄλλο οἷον τῇ μνήμῃ μεῖζον κουφίζεται. καὶ ἕως τί ἐστιν ἀνωτέρω τοῦ παρόντος, αἴρεται φύσει ἄνω αἰρομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ δόντος τὸν ἔρωτα.

    But when a kind of warmth comes into it from There, it gains strength and wakes up and truly grows wings; and though it is all aflutter over what lies close at hand, it is nonetheless lifted, as if by memory, toward something else, greater. And as long as there is anything higher than what is present, it rises, carried upward by nature, lifted by the one who gave the love.

    καὶ νοῦν μὲν ὑπεραίρει, οὐ δύναται δὲ ὑπὲρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν δραμεῖν, ὅτι μηδέν ἐστι τὸ ὑπερκείμενον. ἐὰν δὲ μένῃ ἐν νῷ, καλὰ μὲν καὶ σεμνὰ θεᾶται, οὔπω μὴν ὃ ζητεῖ πάντη ἔχει. οἷον γὰρ προσώπῳ πελάζει καλῷ μέν, οὔπω δὲ ὄψιν κινεῖν δυναμένῳ, ᾧ μὴ ἐμπρέπει χάρις ἐπιθέουσα τῷ κάλλει. διὸ καὶ ἐνταῦθα φατέον μᾶλλον τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ συμμετρίᾳ ἐπιλαμπόμενον ἢ τὴν συμμετρίαν εἶναι καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ ἐράσμιον. διὰ τί γὰρ ἐπὶ μὲν ζῶντος προσώπου μᾶλλον τὸ φέγγος τοῦ καλοῦ, ἴχνος δ’ ἐπὶ τεθνηκότος καὶ μήπω τοῦ προσώπου ταῖς σαρξὶ καὶ ταῖς συμμετρίαις μεμαρασμένου; καὶ τῶν ἀγαλμάτων δὲ τὰ ζωτικώτερα καλλίω, κἂν συμμετρότερα τὰ ἕτερα ᾖ· καὶ αἰσχίων ζῶν καλλίων τοῦ ἐν ἀγάλματι καλοῦ;

    It rises above Intellect, but it cannot run beyond the Good, because there is nothing lying above. If it stays in Intellect, it sees beautiful and majestic things, but it does not yet altogether have what it is seeking. It is like approaching a face that is beautiful but not yet able to stir the gaze, because no grace plays over its beauty. That is why here too we must say that beauty is rather what shines upon the proportion than the proportion itself, and that this is what is lovable. For why is the radiance of beauty greater on a living face, and only a trace of it on a dead one, even when the face has not yet wasted away in its flesh and its proportions? And are not the more lifelike statues the more beautiful, even if the others are better proportioned? And is not an uglier living person more beautiful than the beautiful one in a statue?

    ἢ ὅτι τοδὶ ἐφετὸν μᾶλλον· τοῦτο δ’ ὅτι ψυχὴν ἔχει· τοῦτο δ’ ὅτι ἀγαθοειδέστερον· τοῦτο δέ, ὅτι ἀγαθοῦ ἀμηγέπη φωτὶ κέχρωσται καὶ χρωσθεῖσα ἐγήγερται καὶ ἀνακεκούφισται καὶ ἀνακουφίζει ὃ ἔχει, καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε αὐτῷ ἀγαθοποιεῖ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγείρει.

    Or rather: because this one is more desirable; and that is because it has soul; and that is because it is more good-like; and that is because it is colored, somehow, by the light of the Good, and, so colored, has woken up and been lifted, and lifts what it has, and, as far as it can, makes it good and wakes it up.

    ἐκεῖνο δή, ὃ ψυχὴ διώκει, καὶ ὃ φῶς νῷ παρέχει καὶ ἐμπεσὸν αὐτοῦ ἴχνος κινεῖ, οὔτοι δεῖ θαυμάζειν, εἰ τοιαύτην δύναμιν ἔχει ἕλκον πρὸς αὑτὸ καὶ ἀνακαλούμενον ἐκ πάσης πλάνης, ἵνα πρὸς αὐτὸ ἀναπαύσαιτο. εἰ γὰρ ἐκ τούτου τὰ πάντα, οὐδέν ἐστι κρεῖττον αὐτοῦ, ἐλάττω δὲ πάντα. τὸ δὴ ἄριστον τῶν ὄντων πῶς οὐ τὸ ἀγαθόν ἐστι; καὶ μὴν εἰ δεῖ τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσιν αὐταρκεστάτην τε εἶναι αὑτῇ καὶ ἀνενδεᾶ ἄλλου ὁτουοῦν παντός, τίνα ἂν ἄλλην ἢ ταύτην οὖσαν εὕροι τις; ἣ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἦν ὅπερ ἦν, ὅτε μηδὲ κακία πω ἦν.

    That, then, which soul pursues, which provides light to Intellect, and whose trace, falling upon it, moves it—we must not be surprised that it has such power, drawing to itself and calling back from every wandering, so that one may come to rest in it. For if all things come from it, nothing is better than it; all things are less. How, then, could the best of beings not be the Good? And indeed, if the nature of the Good must be the most self-sufficient for itself and need nothing else at all, what nature could one find that is this other than this one? It was what it was before the other things, when there was not yet even evil.

    εἰ δὲ τὰ κακὰ ὕστερον ἐν τοῖς μηδὲ καθ’ ἓν τούτου μετειληφόσι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπέκεινα τῶν κακῶν πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον, ἐναντίως ἂν ἔχοι τὰ κακὰ πρὸς αὐτὸ οὐδὲν ἔχοντα μέσον πρὸς ἐναντίωσιν. τὸ ἄρα ἀγαθὸν τοῦτο ἂν εἴη· ἢ γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅλως ἀγαθόν, ἤ, εἰ ἀνάγκη εἶναι, τοῦτο ἂν καὶ οὐκ ἄλλο εἴη. εἰ δέ τις λέγοι μὴ εἶναι, οὐδὲ κακὸν ἂν εἴη· ἀδιάφορα ἄρα πρὸς αἵρεσιν τῇ φύσει· τοῦτο δ’ ἀδύνατον. ἃ δ’ ἄλλα λέγουσιν ἀγαθά, εἰς τοῦτο, αὐτὸ δὲ εἰς οὐδέν. τί οὖν ποιεῖ τοιοῦτον ὄν; ἢ ἐποίησε νοῦν, ἐποίησε ζωήν, ψυχὰς ἐκ τούτου καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὅσα λόγου ἢ νοῦ ἢ ζωῆς μετέχει. ὃ δὴ τούτων πηγὴ καὶ ἀρχή, τίς ἂν εἴποι, ὅπως ἀγαθὸν καὶ ὅσον;

    And if evils come later, in things that have not shared in it in any single respect, among the last things, and there is nothing beyond evils in the direction of the worse, then evils would stand opposed to it with nothing in between to temper the opposition. So this would be the Good. For either there is no good at all, or, if there must be one, it would be this and nothing else. And if someone were to say that it does not exist, then there would be no evil either; things would then be indifferent to choice by nature—and that is impossible. The other things people call goods are referred to this; but it is referred to nothing. What, then, does it do, being such? Or rather, it made Intellect, it made life, and from it came souls and the other things that share in reason or intellect or life. As for what is the source and principle of these, who could say how good it is, and how great?

    ἀλλὰ τί νῦν ποιεῖ; ἢ καὶ νῦν σώζει ἐκεῖνα καὶ νοεῖν ποιεῖ τὰ νοοῦντα καὶ ζῆν τὰ ζῶντα, ἐμπνέον νοῦν, ἐμπνέον ζωήν, εἰ δέ τι μὴ δύναται ζῆν, εἶναι.

    But what does it do now? Or rather, even now it keeps those things in being, and makes the thinking things think and the living things live, breathing intellect into them, breathing life into them, and, if something cannot live, being.

    ἡμᾶς δὲ τί ποιεῖ; ἢ πάλιν περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς λέγωμεν τί τὸ φῶς, ᾧ καταλάμπεται μὲν νοῦς, μεταλαμβάνει δὲ αὐτοῦ ψυχή· ἢ τοῦτο νῦν εἰς ὕστερον ἀφέντες εἰκότως ἐκεῖνα πρότερον ἀπορήσωμεν· ἆρά γε τὸ ἀγαθόν, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἄλλῳ ἐφετόν, ἔστι καὶ λέγεται ἀγαθὸν καὶ τινὶ μὲν ὂν ἐφετόν, τινὶ δὲ ἀγαθόν, πᾶσι δὲ ὂν τοῦτο λέγομεν εἶναι τὸ ἀγαθόν; ἢ μαρτύριον μὲν ἄν τις τοῦτο ποιήσαιτο τοῦ εἶναι ἀγαθόν, δεῖ δέ γε φύσιν αὐτὸ τὸ ἐφετὸν ἔχειν τοιαύτην, ὡς δικαίως ἂν τυχεῖν τῆς τοιαύτης προσηγορίας. καὶ πότερα τῷ τι δέχεσθαι τὰ ἐφιέμενα ἐφίεται ἢ τῷ χαίρειν αὐτῷ; καὶ εἰ μέν τι δέχεται, τί τοῦτο; εἰ δὲ τῷ χαίρειν, διὰ τί τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἄλλῳ τινί;

    And what does it do for us? Or should we speak again about the light, what the light is by which Intellect is illuminated and in which soul partakes? Or rather, let us leave this for later, as is reasonable, and first work through these difficulties. Is the good good, and called good, because it is desirable to something else—what is desirable to a thing being good to that thing, and what is so to all being what we call the Good? Or rather, one might take this as evidence that it is good, but what is desirable must itself have a nature such that it would rightly receive that name. And do the desiring things desire it by receiving something, or by rejoicing in it? If they receive something, what is it? If by rejoicing, why in this and not in something else?

    ἐν ᾧ δὴ καὶ πότερα τῷ οἰκείῳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἢ ἄλλῳ τινί· καὶ δὴ καὶ πότερα τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὅλως ἄλλου ἐστίν, ἢ καὶ αὑτῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. ἢ ὃ ἂν ᾖ ἀγαθόν, αὑτῷ μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἄλλου δὲ ἐξ ἀνάγκης. καὶ τίνι φύσει ἀγαθόν ἐστιν; ἔστι δέ τις φύσις, ᾗ μηδὲν ἀγαθόν ἐστι. κἀκεῖνο δὲ οὐκ ἀφετέον, ὃ τάχ’ ἄν τις δυσχεραντικὸς ἀνὴρ εἴποι, ὡς ὑμεῖς, ὦ οὗτοι, τί δὴ ἀποσεμνύνετε τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἄνω καὶ κάτω ζωὴν ἀγαθὸν λέγοντες καὶ νοῦν ἀγαθὸν λέγοντες, καίτοι ἐπέκεινα τούτων; τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ ὁ νοῦς· ἀγαθὸν εἴη; ἢ τί ὁ νοῶν τὰ εἴδη αὐτὰ ἀγαθὸν ἔχοι αὐτὸ ἕκαστον θεωρῶν;

    In this connection we must also ask whether the good is good by being one’s own or by something else; and, further, whether the good belongs entirely to another, or the good is also good to itself. Or rather, whatever is good is not good to itself, but necessarily to another. And to what kind of nature is it good? For there is a nature to which nothing is good. And we must not pass over what some difficult person might perhaps say: You people, why do you put on such airs with your words, up and down calling life good and calling Intellect good, and yet saying it is beyond these? Why should Intellect be good? Or what good would the one who thinks the Forms themselves get from contemplating each of them?

    ἠπατημένος μὲν γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἡδόμενος ἐπὶ τούτοις τάχ’ ἂν ἀγαθὸν λέγοι καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ἡδεῖαν οὖσαν· στὰς δ’ ἐν τῷ ἀνήδονος εἶναι διὰ τί ἂν φήσειεν ἀγαθά; ἢ τὸ αὐτὸν εἶναι; τί γὰρ ἂν ἐκ τοῦ εἶναι καρπώσαιτο; ἢ τί ἂν διαφέροι ἐν τῷ εἶναι ἢ ὅλως μὴ εἶναι, εἰ μή τις τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν αἰτίαν τούτων θεῖτο; ὥστε διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἀπάτην φυσικὴν οὖσαν καὶ τὸν φόβον τῆς φθορᾶς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν νομισθῆναι θέσιν.

    If he were deceived and taking pleasure in them, he might perhaps call them good, and life good because it is pleasant; but if he stood in a state without pleasure, why would he call them goods? Because he himself exists? But what fruit would he reap from existing? Or what difference would there be between existing and not existing at all, unless one made love of oneself the cause of these? So it is because of this deception, which is natural, and the fear of destruction, that people have come to believe in the positing of goods.

    Pleasure and the good

    Plato’s Philebus mixes pleasure with intellect; the good is desired because it is good.

    ὁ μὲν οὖν Πλάτων ἡδονὴν τῷ τέλει μιγνὺς καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὐχ ἁπλοῦν οὐδὲ ἐν νῷ μόνῳ τιθέμενος, ὡς ἐν τῷ Φιλήβῳ γέγραπται, τάχα ἂν αἰσθόμενος ταύτης τῆς ἀπορίας οὔτε παντάπασιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἡδὺ τίθεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐτράπετο, ὀρθῶς ποιῶν, οὔτε τὸν νοῦν ἀνήδονον ὄντα ᾠήθη δεῖν θέσθαι ἀγαθὸν τὸ κινοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ ὁρῶν. τάχα δὲ οὐ ταύτῃ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἠξίου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχον φύσιν ἐν αὑτῷ τοιαύτην δεῖν ἐξ ἀνάγκης χαρτὸν εἶναι, τό τε ἐφετὸν τῷ τυγχάνοντι πάντως ἔχειν τὸ χαίρειν, ὥστε, ᾧ μὴ τὸ χαίρειν, ἀγαθὸν μηδὲ εἶναι, καὶ ὥστε, εἰ τὸ χαίρειν τῷ ἐφιεμένῳ, τῷ πρώτῳ μὴ εἶναι· ὥστε μηδὲ τὸ ἀγαθόν.

    Now Plato, mixing pleasure into the end and making the good neither simple nor in Intellect alone, as is written in the Philebus, perhaps noticed this difficulty. He did not turn to placing the good wholly in the pleasant—and he was right not to—nor did he think he should posit Intellect, which is without pleasure, as the good, since he did not see in it what moves us. Or perhaps it was not for this reason, but because he thought that the good, having such a nature in itself, must necessarily be a source of joy, and that what is desired must bring joy to whoever attains it; so that what brings no joy is not good either; and so that, if joy belongs to the one who desires, it does not belong to the First—and so neither does the good.

    καὶ οὐκ ἄτοπον τοῦτο· αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐ τὸ πρῶτον ἀγαθὸν ἐζήτει, τὸ δὲ ἡμῶν, καὶ ὅλως ἑτέρου ὄντος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ ἕτερον ὂν αὐτοῦ, ἐλλιποῦς ὄντος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἴσως συνθέτου· ὅθεν καὶ τὸ ἔρημον καὶ μόνον μηδὲν ἔχειν ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ εἶναι ἑτέρως καὶ μειζόνως. ἐφετὸν μὲν οὖν δεῖ τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, οὐ μέντοι τῷ ἐφετὸν εἶναι ἀγαθὸν γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ἐφετὸν γίνεσθαι.

    And this is not strange. For he was not seeking the first good, but ours; and in general, being the good of something else, it is for him something other than that thing, since that thing is deficient and perhaps composite. That is why what is solitary and alone has no good, but is good in another and greater way. So the good must be desirable; it does not, however, become good by being desirable, but becomes desirable by being good.

    ἆρ’ οὖν τῷ μὲν ἐσχάτῳ ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀεὶ ἡ ἀνάβασις τὸ ὑπὲρ ἕκαστον διδοῦσα ἀγαθὸν εἶναι τῷ ὑπ’ αὐτῷ, εἰ ἡ ἀνάβασις οὐκ ἐξίσταιτο τοῦ ἀνὰ λόγον, ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἀεὶ προχωροῖ; τότε δὲ στήσεται ἐπ’ ἐσχάτῳ, μεθ’ ὃ οὐδὲν ἔστιν εἰς τὸ ἄνω λαβεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ ὄντως καὶ τὸ μάλιστα κυρίως ἔσται, καὶ αἴτιον δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις. τῇ μὲν γὰρ ὕλῃ τὸ εἶδος — εἰ γὰρ αἴσθησιν λάβοι, ἀσπάσαιτ’ ἄν. τῷ δὲ σώματι ψυχή — καὶ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἂν εἴη οὐδ’ ἂν σώζοιτο· ψυχῇ δὲ ἀρετή. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἀνωτέρω νοῦς καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἣν δή φαμεν πρώτην φύσιν.

    Is it, then, that for what is last among the beings, its good is what comes before it, and that the ascent always gives to what lies under each thing the thing above it as its good—provided the ascent does not depart from proportion, but always advances to the greater? Then it will stop at a last term, beyond which there is nothing higher to take, and this will be the first, the real good and the good most strictly so, and the cause for the others too. For matter, the good is form—for if it acquired perception, it would welcome it. For body, soul—for without it, body would neither exist nor be preserved. For soul, virtue. Higher again is Intellect, and above this what we call the first nature.

    καὶ δὴ καὶ τούτων ἕκαστον ποιεῖν τι εἰς τὰ ὧν ἀγαθά ἐστι, τὰ μὲν τάξιν καὶ κόσμον, τὰ δ’ ἤδη ζωήν, τὰ δὲ φρονεῖν καὶ ζῆν εὖ, τῷ δὲ νῷ τὸ ἀγαθόν, ὅ φαμεν καὶ εἰς τοῦτον ἥκειν, καὶ ὅτι ἐνέργεια ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι καὶ νῦν δίδωσι φῶς λεγόμενον· ὃ δὴ τί ποτ’ ἐστίν, ὕστερον.

    And each of these does something for the things whose goods they are: some give order and arrangement, others life, others understanding and living well; and for Intellect, the Good does something—the Good, which we say comes to it too, both because there is an activity from it and because even now it gives what is called light. What this is, we will see later.

    καὶ δὴ τὸ πεφυκὸς αἰσθάνεσθαι παρ’ αὐτόν, εἰ ἥκει αὐτῷ, τὸ ἀγαθὸν γινώσκει καὶ λέγει ἔχειν. τί οὖν, εἰ ἠπάτηται; δεῖ ἄρα τινὰ εἶναι ὁμοίωσιν, καθ’ ἣν ἠπάτηται. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἐκεῖνο ἀγαθὸν ἂν αὐτῷ εἴη, ἀφ’ οὗ ἠπάτηται· ἐπεὶ καί, ὅταν ἐκεῖνο ἥκῃ, ἀφίσταται ἀφ’ οὗ ἠπάτηται. καὶ ἡ ἔφεσις δ’ αὐτοῦ ἑκάστου καὶ ἡ ὠδὶς μαρτυρεῖ, ὅτι ἔστι τι ἀγαθὸν ἑκάστου. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀψύχοις παρ’ ἄλλου τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ αὐτοῖς ἡ δόσις, τῷ δὲ ψυχὴν ἔχοντι ἡ ἔφεσις τὴν δίωξιν ἐργάζεται, ὥσπερ καὶ τοῖς νεκροῖς γεγενημένοις σώμασι παρὰ τῶν ζώντων ἡ ἐπιμέλεια καὶ ἡ κήδευσις, τοῖς δὲ ζῶσι παρ’ αὑτῶν ἡ πρόνοια.

    And what is naturally able to perceive what is present to it recognizes the good, if it comes to it, and says it has it. What, then, if it is deceived? There must be some likeness by which it is deceived. If so, its good would be that which gave rise to the deception; for when that comes, it lets go of what deceived it. And the desire and the birth pangs of each thing testify that there is a good of each. For lifeless things, their good is given to them by another; but in what has soul, desire produces the pursuit—just as, for bodies that have died, the care and the funeral rites come from the living, while the living provide for themselves.

    ὅτι δ’ ἔτυχε, πιστοῦται, ὅταν βέλτιόν τι γίνηται καὶ ἀμετανόητον ᾖ καὶ πεπληρῶσθαι αὐτῷ γίγνηται καὶ ἐπ’ ἐκείνου μένῃ καὶ μὴ ἄλλο ζητῇ. διὸ καὶ ἡ ἡδονὴ οὐκ αὔταρκες· οὐ γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ ταὐτόν· οὐ γάρ, ὅτι ἡδονὴν πάλιν, ταὐτόν· ἄλλο γὰρ ἀεὶ τὸ ἐφ’ ᾧ ἥδεται. δεῖ δὴ τὸ ἀγαθόν, ὃ αἱρεῖταί τις, εἶναι οὐ τὸ πάθος τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ τυχόντι· ὅθεν καὶ κενὸς μένει ὁ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν νομίζων, τὸ πάθος μόνον ἔχων, ὃ ἔσχεν ἄν τις ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ.

    That it has attained it is confirmed when it becomes better, and has no regret, and comes to be filled, and stays with it and seeks nothing else. That is why pleasure is not self-sufficient: one is not content with the same thing, for it is not the same just because it is pleasure again; what one takes pleasure in is always something different. The good one chooses, then, must not be the feeling that goes with attaining it. That is why whoever thinks this is the good remains empty, having only the feeling one might have had from the good.

    διὸ οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιτό τις τοῦ πάθους, ἐφ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔχων, οἷον ἐπὶ τῷ παιδί, ὅτι πάρεστιν, ἥδεσθαι οὐ παρόντος· οὐδέ γε οἶμαι οἷς ἐν τῷ πληροῦσθαι σωματικῶς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἥδεσθαι ὡς ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐσθίοντα, ὡς ἀφροδισίοις χρώμενον μὴ συνόντα ᾗ ἐβούλετο, ἢ ὅλως μὴ δρῶντα.

    That is why no one would accept the feeling without having its object—taking pleasure, for example, in a child as present when the child is not present. Nor, I think, would those who find the good in bodily filling accept taking pleasure as if eating while not eating, or as if having sex while not being with the one he wanted, or, in general, while not doing it.

    ἀλλὰ τίνος γενομένου ἑκάστῳ τὸ αὑτῷ προσῆκον ἔχει; ἢ εἴδους τινὸς φήσομεν· καὶ γὰρ τῇ ὕλῃ εἶδος, καὶ ψυχῇ ἡ ἀρετὴ εἶδος. ἀλλὰ τὸ εἶδος τοῦτο ἆρά γε τῷ οἰκεῖον εἶναι ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἐκείνῳ, καὶ ἡ ἔφεσις πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον; ἢ οὔ· καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὅμοιον οἰκεῖον, κἂν ἐθέλῃ αὐτὸ καὶ χαίρῃ τῷ ὁμοίῳ, οὔπω τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχει· ἀλλ’ οὐκ οἰκεῖον φήσομεν ἀγαθὸν εἰπόντες εἶναι. ἢ φατέον τοῦ οἰκείου τῷ κρείττονι κρίνειν δεῖ καὶ τῷ βελτίονι αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ὃ δυνάμει ἐστίν. ὂν γὰρ δυνάμει πρὸς ὃ ἔστιν ἐνδεές ἐστιν αὐτοῦ, οὗ δὲ ἐνδεές ἐστι κρείττονος ὄντος, ἀγαθόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνο. ἡ δὲ ὕλη πάντων ἐνδεέστατον καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον εἶδος προσεχὲς αὐτῇ· μετ’ αὐτὴν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἄνω.

    But what is it that comes to each thing and gives it what properly belongs to it? We shall say: a form. For matter too has form, and for soul virtue is a form. But is this form good for the thing because it is akin to it, and is desire directed toward what is akin? No. The similar is also akin, and even if a thing wants it and delights in what is similar, it does not yet have the good. So we shall not say “akin” when we say a thing is good. Or rather, we must say that what is akin is to be judged by what is superior and better than the thing, toward which it is potentially. For being potentially what it is directed toward, it lacks it; and what it lacks, since that is superior, is its good. Matter is the most lacking of all things, and the last form is next to it: for it comes right after matter as one goes upward.

    εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ αὑτῷ ἀγαθόν ἐστι, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἂν εἴη ἀγαθὸν αὐτῷ ἡ τελειότης αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ εἶδος καὶ τὸ κρεῖττον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει ὂν τοιοῦτον καὶ αὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖ. ἀλλὰ διὰ τί αὐτῷ ἀγαθὸν ἔσται; ἆρ’ ὅτι οἰκειότατον αὐτῷ; ἢ οὔ· ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἐστί τις ἀγαθοῦ μοῖρα. διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον οἰκείωσις πρὸς αὑτοὺς τοῖς εἰλικρινέσι καὶ τοῖς μᾶλλον ἀγαθοῖς. ἄτοπον δὴ τὸ ζητεῖν, διὰ τί ἀγαθὸν ὂν αὑτῷ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, ὥσπερ δέον πρὸς αὑτὸ ἐξίστασθαι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως καὶ μὴ ἀγαπᾶν ἑαυτὸ ὡς ἀγαθόν. ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁπλοῦ τοῦτο σκεπτέον, εἰ, ὅπου μηδαμῶς ἔνι ἄλλο, τὸ δὲ ἄλλο, ἡ οἰκείωσις πρὸς αὑτὸ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἑαυτῷ.

    And if a thing is also good for itself, then much more would its perfection be good for it, and its form, and what is better than it—that being such by its own nature, and good for the thing too, because it makes the thing good as well. But why will it be good for it? Because it is most akin to it? No: because it is a portion of good. That is why pure beings, and those that are better, have a greater affinity with themselves. It is absurd, then, to ask why something that is good is good for itself, as though it had to stand outside its own nature in relation to itself and not love itself as good. But in the case of the simple we must consider this: where there is no “one thing and another” at all, whether its affinity with itself is a good for itself.

    νῦν δέ, εἰ ταῦτα ὀρθῶς λέγεται, καὶ ἡ ἐπανάβασις ἔχει τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐν φύσει τινὶ κείμενον, καὶ οὐχ ἡ ἔφεσις ποιεῖ τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ ἡ. ἔφεσις, ὅτι ἀγαθόν, καὶ γίνεταί τι τοῖς κτωμένοις καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ κτήσει ἡδύ. ἀλλὰ τὸ μέν, [καὶ] εἰ μὴ ἕποιτο ἡδονή, αἱρετέον καὶ αὐτὸ ζητητέον.

    As it is, if this is rightly said, then the ascent also finds the good lying in a certain nature; it is not desire that makes the good, but desire arises because it is good. And those who acquire it get something, and something pleasant in the acquiring. But the good is to be chosen and sought for itself [even] if no pleasure followed.

    τὸ δ’ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου συμβαῖνον νῦν ὀπτέον. εἰ γὰρ πανταχοῦ τὸ παραγινόμενον ὡς ἀγαθὸν εἶδος, καὶ τῇ ὕλῃ δὲ εἶδος ἔνι τὸ ἀγαθόν, πότερον ἠθέλησεν ἂν ἡ ὕλη, εἴπερ ἦν αὐτῇ τὸ θέλειν, εἶδος μόνον γενέσθαι; ἀλλ’ εἰ τοῦτο, ἀπολέσθαι θελήσει· τὸ δ’ ἀγαθὸν αὑτῷ πᾶν ζητεῖ. ἀλλ’ ἴσως οὐχ ὕλη εἶναι ζητήσει, ἀλλὰ εἶναι, τοῦτο δ’ ἔχουσα ἀφεῖναι αὑτῆς θελήσει τὴν κάκην. ἀλλὰ τὸ κακὸν πῶς ἔφεσιν ἕξει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ; ἢ οὐδὲ τὴν ὕλην ἐν ἐφέσει ἐτιθέμεθα, ἀλλὰ ὑπόθεσιν ἐποιεῖτο ὁ λόγος αἴσθησιν δούς, εἴπερ οἷόν τε ἦν δοῦναι ὕλην τηροῦσιν· ἀλλὰ τοῦ εἴδους ἐπελθόντος, ὥσπερ ὀνείρατος ἀγαθοῦ, ἐν καλλίονι τάξει γεγονέναι.

    Now we must see what follows from the argument. If what comes to each thing as good is everywhere form, and the good present in matter too is form, would matter—if it had the capacity to want—have wanted to become form alone? But if so, it will want to perish; and yet everything seeks its own good. But perhaps it will not seek to be matter, but simply to be; and once it has that, it will want to let go of its badness. But how will evil have a desire for the good? Or rather, we did not place desire in matter either. The argument was making a hypothesis: it granted matter perception—if indeed one could grant it that and still keep it matter—and supposed that when form came over it, like a good dream, it had come into a finer order.

    εἰ μὲν οὖν τὸ κακὸν ἡ ὕλη, εἴρηται· εἰ δ’ ἄλλο τι, οἷον κακία, εἰ αἴσθησιν λάβοι τὸ εἶναι αὐτῆς, ἆρ’ οὖν ἔτι τὸ οἰκεῖον πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔσται; ἢ οὐχ ἡ κακία ἦν ἡ αἱρουμένη, ἀλλὰ τὸ κακούμενον. εἰ δὲ ταὐτὸν τὸ εἶναι καὶ τὸ κακόν, πῶς τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθὸν αἱρήσεται; ἀλλ’ ἆρά γε, εἰ αἴσθησιν αὑτοῦ λάβοι τὸ κακόν, ἀγαπήσει αὑτό; καὶ πῶς ἀγαπητὸν τὸ μὴ ἀγαπητὸν ἔσται; οὐ γὰρ δὴ τῷ οἰκείῳ ἐθέμεθα τὸ ἀγαθόν. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ταύτῃ.

    If, then, evil is matter, that has been dealt with. But if it is something else—vice, say—then if its being acquired perception, will the good still be what is akin, relative to the better? Or rather, it was not the vice that did the choosing, but what is made bad by it. And if being and evil are the same, how will this choose the good? But then, if evil acquired perception of itself, would it love itself? And how will what is not lovable be lovable? For we certainly did not place the good in what is akin. So much for that.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ εἶδος τὸ ἀγαθὸν πανταχοῦ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐπαναβαίνουσι μᾶλλον εἶδος — μᾶλλον γὰρ ψυχὴ εἶδος ἢ σώματος εἶδος καὶ ψυχῆς τὸ μὲν μᾶλλον, τὸ δ’ ἐπὶ μᾶλλον, καὶ νοῦς ψυχῆς — τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἂν προσχωροῖ τῷ τῆς ὕλης ἐναντίῳ καὶ οἷον καθαιρομένῳ καὶ ἀποτιθεμένῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν μὲν ἑκάστῳ, τὸ δὲ μάλιστα πᾶν ὅ τι ὕλης ἀποτιθεμένῳ. καὶ δὴ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσις πᾶσαν ὕλην φυγοῦσα, μᾶλλον δε οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς πλησίον γενομένη, ἀναπεφευγυῖα ἂν εἴη εἰς τὴν ἀνείδεον φύσιν, ἀφ’ ἧς τὸ πρῶτον εἶδος. ἀλλὰ περὶ τούτου ὕστερον.

    But if the good is everywhere form, and the higher one climbs the more it is form—for soul is more form than the form of the body, and of soul one part is more so, another still more, and Intellect more than soul—then the good would advance toward the opposite of matter, toward what is, as it were, being purified and putting matter off: in each case as far as each can, but most of all for what puts off everything of matter. And so the nature of the Good, having fled all matter—or rather, never having come anywhere near it in any way at all—would have taken refuge in the formless nature, from which the first form comes. But about this later.

    ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ ἕποιτο ἡδονὴ τῷ ἀγαθῷ, γίνοιτο δὲ πρὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς τι, δι’ ὃ καὶ ἡ ἡδονή, διὰ τί οὐκ ἀσπαστόν; ἢ εἰπόντες ἀσπαστὸν ἡδονὴν ἤδη εἴπομεν. ἀλλ’ εἰ ὑπάρξει μέν, ὑπάρξαντος δὲ δυνατὸν μὴ ἀσπαστὸν εἶναι; ἀλλ’ εἰ τοῦτο, παρόντος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ αἴσθησιν ἔχον τὸ ἔχον οὐ γνώσεται, ὅτι. ἢ τί κωλύει καὶ γινώσκειν καὶ μὴ κινεῖσθαι ἄλλως μετὰ τῷ αὐτὸ ἔχειν; ὃ μᾶλλον ἂν τῷ σωφρονεστέρῳ ὑπάρχοι καὶ μᾶλλον τῷ μὴ ἐνδεεῖ. διὸ οὐδὲ τῷ πρώτῳ, οὐ μόνον ὅτι ἁπλοῦν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἡ κτῆσις δεηθέντος ἡδεῖα. ἀλλὰ καὶ τουτὶ καταφανὲς ἔσται τὰ ἄλλα, ὅσα λοιπά, προσανακαθηραμένοις καὶ ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἀντίτυπον λόγον ἀπωσαμένοις.

    But if pleasure did not follow on the good, yet something came about before the pleasure, the reason for the pleasure, why would that not be welcome? Or rather, in saying “welcome” we have already said pleasure. But suppose it is present, and yet once present it can fail to be welcome? But if so, when the good is present, what has it, though it has perception, will not know that it has it. Or rather, what prevents it from knowing, and yet not being moved in any other way by having it? That would be more the case in someone more moderate, and more again in one who lacks nothing. That is why there is no pleasure in the First either: not only because it is simple, but because acquisition is pleasant to one who has been in need. But this too will become clear once we have cleared away whatever else remains and pushed aside that opposing argument.

    ἔστι δὲ οὗτος, ὃς ἀπορεῖ, τί ἂν καρπώσαιτο ὁ νοῦν ἔχων εἰς ἀγαθοῦ μοῖραν οὐδὲν πληττόμενος, ὅταν ταῦτα ἀκούῃ, τῷ μὴ σύνεσιν αὐτῶν ἴσχειν, ἢ ὄνομα ἀκούων, ἢ ἄλλο τι ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ὑπολαμβάνων ἢ αἰσθητόν τι ζητῶν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐν χρήμασιν ἤ τισι τοιούτοις τιθέμενος. πρὸς ὃν λεκτέον, ὡς, ὅταν ταῦτα ἀτιμάζῃ, ὁμολογεῖ τίθεσθαί τι παρ’ αὑτῷ ἀγαθόν, ἀπορῶν δὲ ὅπῃ τῇ ἐννοίᾳ τῇ παρ’ αὑτῷ ταῦτα ἐφαρμόττει. οὐ γὰρ ἔστι λέγειν μὴ τοῦτο πάντη ἄπειρον καὶ ἀνεννόητον ὄντα τούτου. τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ νοῦν ἀπομαντεύεται. ἔπειτα δέ, εἰ τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἢ τῷ ἐγγὺς τούτου προσβάλλων ἀγνοεῖ, ἐκ τῶν ἀντικειμένων εἰς ἔννοιαν ἴτω. ἢ οὐδὲ κακὸν τὴν ἄνοιαν θήσεται· καίτοι πᾶς αἱρεῖται νοεῖν καὶ νοῶν σεμνύνεται.

    It is the argument of someone who is puzzled about what the possessor of intellect would gain toward his share of good—someone who is not struck at all when he hears these things, because he has no understanding of them: either he hears a mere name, or he takes each of them to be something else, or he is looking for something perceptible and places the good in money or the like. To him we must say that, in slighting these things, he admits that he himself posits some good, but is at a loss how these things fit the notion he has of it. For one cannot say “not this” while being entirely without experience of the thing and without any notion of it. Perhaps he even divines what is beyond Intellect. Then, if in approaching the Good, or what is close to it, he fails to recognize it, let him come to a notion of it from its opposites. Or will he not even count mindlessness as bad? And yet everyone chooses to think, and takes pride in thinking.

    μαρτυροῦσι δὲ καὶ αἱ αἰσθήσεις εἰδήσεις εἶναι θέλουσαι. εἰ δὴ νοῦς τίμιον καὶ καλὸν καὶ νοῦς ὁ πρῶτος μάλιστα, τί ἂν φαντασθείη τις, εἴ τις δύναιτο τὸν τούτου γεννητὴν καὶ πατέρα; τὸ δὲ εἶναι καὶ τὸ ζῆν ἀτιμάζων ἀντιμαρτυρεῖ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ πάθεσι πᾶσιν. εἰ δέ τις δυσχεραίνει τὸ ζῆν, ᾧ θάνατος μέμικται, τὸ τοιοῦτο δυσχεραίνει, οὐ τὸ ἀληθῶς ζῆν.

    The senses bear witness too, since they want to be knowledge. If, then, intellect is precious and fine, and the first Intellect most of all, what could anyone imagine—if anyone could—of its begetter and father? And whoever slights being and living testifies against himself and against all his own experiences. If someone is disgusted with life, it is life mixed with death that he is disgusted with, not true life.

    ἀλλὰ εἰ δεῖ τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὴν ἡδονὴν μεμῖχθαι καὶ μὴ τέλειόν ἐστι τὸ ζῆν, εἴ τις τὰ θεῖα θεῷτο καὶ μάλιστα τὴν τούτων ἀρχήν, νῦν ἰδεῖν ἐφαπτομένους τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πάντως προσήκει. τὸ μὲν οὖν οἴεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔκ τε τοῦ νοῦ ὡς ὑποκειμένου ἔκ τε τοῦ πάθους τῆς ψυχῆς, ὃ γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ φρονεῖν, οὐ τὸ τέλος οὐδ’ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τὸ συναμφότερόν ἐστι τιθέντος, ἀλλὰ νοῦς ἂν εἴη τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἡμεῖς δὲ χαίροντες τῷ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχειν· καὶ εἴη ἂν αὕτη τις δόξα περὶ ἀγαθοῦ.

    But if pleasure must be mixed with the good, and life is not complete if one only contemplates divine things, and above all their principle, then we must by all means look into it now, as we lay hold of the good. To think that the good is made up of intellect as the substrate and of the soul’s experience that arises from understanding is not to make the compound the end, or the good itself; rather, intellect would be the good, and we would be rejoicing in having the good. And this would be one opinion about the good.

    ἑτέρα δὲ εἴη ἂν παρὰ ταύτην, ἣ μίξασα τῷ νῷ τὴν ἡδονὴν ὡς ἕν τι ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ὑποκείμενον τοῦτο τίθεται εἶναι, ἵν’ ἡμεῖς τὸν τοιοῦτον νοῦν κτησάμενοι ἢ καὶ ἰδόντες τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχωμεν· τὸ γὰρ ἔρημον καὶ μόνον οὔτε γενέσθαι οὔτε αἱρετὸν εἶναι δυνατὸν ὡς ἀγαθόν. πῶς ἂν οὖν μιχθείη νοῦς ἡδονῇ εἰς μίαν συντέλειαν φύσεως; ὅτι μὲν οὖν τὴν σώματος ἡδονὴν οὐκ ἄν τις οἰηθείη νῷ δυνατὴν εἶναι μίγνυσθαι, παντὶ δήπου δῆλον· ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὅσαι χαραὶ ψυχῆς ἂν ἄλογοι γένοιντο.

    Another, different from this, would mix pleasure with intellect and posit this as a single substrate made of both, so that by acquiring, or even just seeing, an intellect of that kind, we would have the good; for what is solitary and alone, it says, can neither come to be nor be choosable as good. How, then, could intellect be mixed with pleasure into a single completed nature? That no one would think bodily pleasure could be mixed with intellect is surely obvious to everyone; but neither could any irrational joys of the soul.

    The debate over whether the good is intellect, pleasure, or a mixture of the two follows Plato’s Philebus.

    ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ πάσῃ ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ διαθέσει δὲ καὶ ζωῇ ἕπεσθαι δεῖ οἷον καὶ συνεῖναι τὸ ἐπιθέον, καθ’ ὃ τῇ μέν ἐστι κατὰ φύσιν ἰούσῃ τὸ ἐμποδίζον καί τι τοῦ ἐναντίου παραμεμιγμένον, ὃ οὐκ ἐᾷ τὴν ζωὴν ἑαυτῆς εἶναι, τῇ δὲ καθαρὸν καὶ εἰλικρινὲς τὸ ἐνέργημα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἐν διαθέσει φαιδρᾷ, τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ νοῦ κατάστασιν ἀσμενιστὴν καὶ αἱρετωτάτην εἶναι τιθέμενοι ἡδονῇ μεμῖχθαι λέγουσιν ἀπορίᾳ οἰκείας προσηγορίας, οἷα ποιοῦσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὀνόματα [τὰ] παρ’ ἡμῖν ἀγαπώμενα μεταφέροντες, τὸ μεθυσθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῦ νέκταρος καὶ ἐπὶ δαῖτα καὶ ἑστίασιν καὶ τὸ ‘μείδησεν δὲ πατὴρ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα μυρία.

    But every activity, every disposition and every life must be followed, and as it were accompanied, by something that plays over it. In some, even as they go according to nature, there is something hindering, some admixture of the contrary, which does not let the life be its own; in another, the activity is pure and unalloyed and the life is in a bright disposition. So they posit this state of intellect as most welcome and most choiceworthy, and say it is mixed with pleasure for lack of a proper term—the way the poets transfer other words for things we love here, like “drunk on nectar,” “to the feast and banquet,” “the father smiled,” and countless others like them.

    “Drunk on nectar” recalls Plato’s Symposium (203b); “the father smiled” is Homer’s phrase for Zeus.

    ἔστι γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἄσμενον ὄντως ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸ ἀγαπητότατον καὶ τὸ ποθεινότατον, οὐ γινόμενον οὐδ’ ἐν κινήσει, αἴτιον δὲ τὸ ἐπιχρῶσαν αὐτὰ καὶ ἐπιλάμψαν καὶ φαιδρῦναν. διὸ καὶ ἀλήθειαν τῷ μίγματι προστίθησι καὶ τὸ μετρῆσον πρὸ αὐτοῦ ποιεῖ καὶ ἡ συμμετρία καὶ τὸ κάλλος ἐπὶ τῷ μίγματι ἐκεῖθέν φησιν εἰς τὸ καλὸν ἐλήλυθεν· ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτο ἂν ἡμεῖς καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μοίρας. τὸ δὲ ὄντως ὀρεκτὸν ἡμῖν ἄλλως μὲν ἡμεῖς αὑτοῖς εἰς τὸ βέλτιστον ἑαυτῶν ἀνάγοντες ἑαυτούς, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σύμμετρον καὶ καλὸν καὶ εἶδος σύνθετον καὶ ζωὴν ἐναργῆ καὶ νοερὰν καὶ καλήν.

    For what is truly welcome is There, and what is most lovable and most longed for—not coming to be, not in motion; and its cause is what has tinged these things, lit them up and made them bright. That is why he adds truth to the mixture, and puts what will measure it before it; and he says that the proportion and beauty in the mixture came from There into the beautiful. So it is in this respect that we too would have our share in this. But what is truly desirable for us is, in one way, ourselves, for ourselves, as we lead ourselves up to the best of ourselves: this, namely, the proportioned and beautiful, a composite form, a life that is vivid, intellectual and beautiful.

    The soul in love

    Lit by the Good, the soul grows wings and is carried up beyond Intellect.

    ἀλλ’ ἐπεὶ ἐκαλλύνθη τὰ πάντα ἐκείνῳ τῷ πρὸ τούτων καὶ φῶς ἔσχε, νοῦς μὲν τὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῆς νοερᾶς φέγγος, ᾧ τὴν φύσιν ἐξέλαμψε, ψυχὴ δὲ δύναμιν ἔσχεν εἰς τὸ ζῆν ζωῆς πλείονος εἰς αὐτὴν ἐλθούσης. ἤρθη μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖ καὶ ἔμεινεν ἀγαπήσας τὸ περὶ ἐκεῖνον εἶναι· ἐπιστραφεῖσα δὲ καὶ ψυχὴ ἡ δυνηθεῖσα, ὡς ἔγνω καὶ εἶδεν, ἥσθη τε τῇ θέᾳ καὶ ὅσον οἵα τε ἦν ἰδεῖν ἐξεπλάγη. εἶδε δὲ οἷον πληγεῖσα καὶ ἐν αὑτῇ ἔχουσά τι αὐτοῦ συνῄσθετο καὶ διατεθεῖσα ἐγένετο ἐν πόθῳ, ὥσπερ οἱ τῷ εἰδώλῳ τοῦ ἐρασμίου κινούμενοι εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἰδεῖν ἐθέλειν τὸ ἐρώμενον.

    But since all things were made beautiful by that which is before them, and received light—Intellect the radiance of its intellectual activity, by which it lit up its nature, while soul received power for living, as more life came into it—Intellect, then, was lifted up There and remained, content to be around him; and soul too, the soul that was able, turned back, and as it came to know and see, it delighted in the vision and, so far as it could see, was struck with amazement. It saw as if struck, and having something of him in itself it became aware of it, and being so affected it came to long for him, like those who are moved by the image of the one they love to want to see the beloved himself.

    ὥσπερ δὲ ἐνταῦθα σχηματίζονται εἰς ὁμοιότητα τῷ ἐραστῷ οἳ ἂν ἐρῶσι, καὶ τὰ σώματα εὐπρεπέστερα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἄγοντες εἰς ὁμοιότητα, ὡς μὴ λείπεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν θέλειν τῇ τοῦ ἐρωμένου σωφροσύνῃ τε καὶ ἀρετῇ τῇ ἄλλῃ — ἢ ἀπόβλητοι ἂν εἶεν τοῖς ἐρωμένοις τοῖς τοιούτοις· καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ συνεῖναι δυνάμενοι — τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ ψυχὴ ἐρᾷ μὲν ἐκείνου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἰς τὸ ἐρᾶν κινηθεῖσα·

    And just as here lovers shape themselves to resemble the one they love, making their bodies more comely and bringing their souls into likeness, wanting not to fall short, as far as they can, of the beloved’s moderation and the rest of his virtue—or they would be rejected by beloveds of that kind, and it is those who resemble them who are able to be with them—in the same way soul too loves him, moved to love by him from the beginning.

    καὶ ἡ πρόχειρον ἔχουσα τὸν ἔρωτα ὑπόμνησιν οὐ περιμένει ἐκ τῶν καλῶν τῶν τῇδε, ἔχουσα δὲ τὸν ἔρωτα, καὶ ἂν ἀγνοῇ ὅτι ἔχει, ζητεῖ ἀεὶ καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο φέρεσθαι θέλουσα ὑπεροψίαν τῶν τῇδε ἔχει, καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὰ ἐν τῷδε τῷ παντὶ καλὰ ὑποψίαν ἔχει πρὸς αὐτά, ὅτι ἐν σαρξὶ καὶ σώμασιν ὁρᾷ αὐτὰ ὄντα καὶ μιαινόμενα τῇ παρούσῃ οἰκήσει καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσι διειλημμένα καὶ οὐκ αὐτὰ τὰ καλὰ ὄντα — μὴ γὰρ ἂν τολμῆσαι ἐκεῖνα οἷά ἐστιν εἰς βόρβορον σωμάτων ἐμβῆναι καὶ ῥυπᾶναι ἑαυτὰ καὶ ἀφανίσαι· ὅταν δὲ καὶ παραρρέοντα ἴδῃ, ἤδη παντελῶς γινώσκει, ὅτι ἄλλοθεν ἔχει, ὃ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐπιθέον.

    And the soul that has its love ready to hand does not wait to be reminded by the beautiful things here. Having love, even if it does not know it has it, it is always searching, and wanting to be carried toward that, it looks down on the things here; and seeing the beautiful things in this All, it is suspicious of them, because it sees them in flesh and bodies, sullied by their present dwelling, divided up by magnitudes, and not the beautiful things themselves—for those, being what they are, would never dare to step into the mire of bodies and soil and obliterate themselves. And when it sees them flowing away as well, then it knows completely that what played over them they had from elsewhere.

    εἶτα ἐκεῖ φέρεται δεινὴ ἀνευρεῖν οὗπερ ἐρᾷ οὖσα, καὶ οὐκ ἂν πρὶν ἑλεῖν ἀποστᾶσα, εἰ μή πού τις αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν ἔρωτα ἐξέλοι· ἔνθα δὴ εἶδε μὲν καλὰ πάντα καὶ ἀληθῆ ὄντα, καὶ ἐπερρώσθη πλέον τῆς τοῦ ὄντος ζωῆς πληρωθεῖσα, καὶ ὄντως ὂν καὶ αὐτὴ γενομένη καὶ σύνεσιν ὄντως [ὄντος] λαβοῦσα ἐγγὺς οὖσα αἰσθάνεται οὗ πάλαι ζητεῖ.

    Then it is carried There, clever at finding what it loves, and it would not give up before it had taken hold of it—unless someone took away its love as well. There it saw all things beautiful and true, and it grew stronger, filled with the life of being; and having itself become what really is, and having truly gained understanding [of being], being near, it perceives what it has long been seeking.

    ποῦ οὖν ὁ ποιήσας τὸ τοσοῦτον κάλλος καὶ τὴν τοσαύτην ζωὴν καὶ γεννήσας οὐσίαν; ὁρᾷς τὸ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἅπασι ποικίλοις οὖσιν εἴδεσι κάλλος; καλὸν μὲν ὡδὶ μένειν· ἀλλ’ ἐν καλῷ ὄντα δεῖ βλέπειν, ὅθεν ταῦτα καὶ ὅθεν καλά. δεῖ δ’ αὐτὸν εἶναι τούτων μηδὲ ἕν· τὶ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἔσται μέρος τε ἔσται. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τοιαύτη μορφὴ οὐδέ τις δύναμις οὐδ’ αὖ πᾶσαι αἱ γεγενημέναι καὶ οὖσαι ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλὰ δεῖ ὑπὲρ πάσας εἶναι δυνάμεις καὶ ὑπὲρ πάσας μορφάς. ἀρχὴ δὲ τὸ ἀνείδεον, οὐ τὸ μορφῆς δεόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἀφ’ οὗ πᾶσα μορφὴ νοερά. τὸ γὰρ γενόμενον, εἴπερ ἐγίνετο, ἔδει γενέσθαι τι καὶ μορφὴν ἰδίαν ἔσχεν· ὃ δὲ μηδεὶς ἐποίησε, τίς ἂν ποιήσειεν;

    Where, then, is the one who made such beauty and such life, and generated being? Do you see the beauty that lies over all of them, varied Forms as they are? It is fine to linger here; but one who is in beauty must look to where these come from, and where their beauty comes from. And he must be none of these: otherwise he will be one of them, and a part. So he is not that kind of shape, nor any one power, nor again all the powers that have come to be and are here; he must be above all powers and above all shapes. The principle is the formless—not what needs shape, but that from which all intellectual shape comes. For what has come to be, if it came to be, had to become something, and had a shape of its own; but what no one made—who could make it?

    οὐδὲν οὖν τοῦτο τῶν ὄντων καὶ πάντα· οὐδὲν μέν, ὅτι ὕστερα τὰ ὄντα, πάντα δέ, ὅτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ. πάντα δὲ ποιεῖν δυνάμενον τί ἂν μέγεθος ἔχοι; ἢ ἄπειρον ἂν εἴη. ἀλλ’ εἰ ἄπειρον, μέγεθος ἂν ἔχοι οὐδέν· καὶ γὰρ μέγεθος ἐν τοῖς ὑστάτοις· καὶ δεῖ, εἰ καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσει, αὐτὸν μὴ ἔχειν. τό τε τῆς οὐσίας μέγα οὐ ποσόν· ἔχοι δ’ ἂν καὶ ἄλλο τι μετ’ αὐτὸν τὸ μέγεθος.

    So this is none of the beings, and all things: none, because the beings come after; all, because they come from it. And what magnitude could something have that can make all things? It would be unlimited. But if unlimited, it would have no magnitude; for magnitude belongs among the last things, and if it is to make magnitude too, it must not have it itself. And the greatness of being is not a quantity; something else, after him, could have magnitude.

    τὸ δὲ μέγα αὐτοῦ τὸ μηδὲν αὐτοῦ εἶναι δυνατώτερον παρισοῦσθαί τε μηδὲν δύνασθαι· τίνι γὰρ τῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς ἴσον ἄν τι ἔλθοι μηδὲν ταὐτὸν ἔχον; τό τε εἰς ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς πάντα οὐ μέτρον αὐτῷ δίδωσιν οὐδ’ αὖ ἀμετρίαν· πῶς γὰρ ἂν τὰ ἄλλα μετρήσειεν; οὐ τοίνυν αὖ οὐδὲ σχῆμα. καὶ μήν, ὅτου ἂν ποθεινοῦ ὄντος μήτε σχῆμα μήτε μορφὴν ἔχῃς λαβεῖν, ποθεινότατον καὶ ἐρασμιώτατον ἂν εἴη, καὶ ὁ ἔρως ἂν ἄμετρος εἴη· οὐ γὰρ ὥρισται ἐνταῦθα ὁ ἔρως, ὅτι μηδὲ τὸ ἐρώμενον, ἀλλ’ ἄπειρος ἂν εἴη ὁ τούτου ἔρως, ὥστε καὶ τὸ κάλλος αὐτοῦ ἄλλον τρόπον καὶ κάλλος ὑπὲρ κάλλος. οὐδὲν γὰρ ὂν τί κάλλος; ἐράσμιον δὲ ὂν τὸ γεννῶν ἂν εἴη τὸ κάλλος.

    His greatness is that nothing is more powerful than he is, and nothing can equal him. For with which of the things that are his could anything come to equality, when it has nothing the same? “Forever” and “over all” do not give him measure, nor again measurelessness: how then would he measure the other things? So he has no figure either. And indeed, if something is longed for and you can grasp neither its figure nor its shape, it would be the most longed for and the most lovable, and the love for it would be measureless. For love is not bounded here, because the beloved is not; the love of this would be unlimited, so that its beauty too is of another kind: beauty beyond beauty. For being none of these things, what beauty is it? But being lovable, it would be what generates beauty.

    δύναμις οὖν [ὂν] παντὸς καλοῦ ἄνθος ἐστὶ κάλλους καλλοποιόν· καὶ γὰρ γεννᾷ αὐτὸ καὶ κάλλιον ποιεῖ τῇ παρ’ αὑτοῦ περιουσίᾳ τοῦ κάλλους, ὥστε ἀρχὴ κάλλους καὶ πέρας κάλλους. οὖσα δὲ κάλλους ἀρχὴ ἐκεῖνο μὲν καλὸν ποιεῖ, οὗ ἀρχή, καὶ καλὸν ποιεῖ οὐκ ἐν μορφῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ γενόμενον ἄμορφον, ἄλλον δὲ τρόπον ἐν μορφῇ· ἡ γὰρ λεγομένη αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον μορφὴ ἐν ἄλλῳ, ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς δὲ οὖσα ἄμορφον. τὸ οὖν μετέχον κάλλους μεμόρφωται, οὐ τὸ κάλλος.

    So, [being] the power of all that is beautiful, it is the flower of beauty, a beauty that makes beauty. For it generates beauty and makes it more beautiful by the superabundance of beauty that comes from it, so that it is the principle of beauty and the limit of beauty. Being the principle of beauty, it makes beautiful that of which it is the principle, and makes it beautiful not in shape: what has come to be is itself shapeless, though in another way it is in shape. For what is called shape is shape only in something else; by itself it is shapeless. So it is what participates in beauty that is shaped, not beauty.

    διὸ καὶ ὅταν κάλλος λέγηται, φευκτέον μᾶλλον ἀπὸ μορφῆς τοιαύτης, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸ ὀμμάτων ποιητέον, ἵνα μὴ ἐκπέσῃς τοῦ καλοῦ εἰς τὸ ἀμυδρᾷ μετοχῇ καλὸν λεγόμενον. τὸ δὲ ἄμορφον εἶδος καλόν, εἴπερ εἶδός ἐστι, καὶ ὅσον ἂν ἀποσυλήσῃς πᾶσαν μορφήν, οἷον καὶ τὴν ἐν λόγῳ, ᾗ διαφέρειν ἄλλο ἄλλου λέγομεν, ὡς δικαιοσύνην καὶ σωφροσύνην ἀλλήλων ἕτερα, καίτοι καλὰ ὄντα.

    That is why, when beauty is spoken of, one must rather flee from shape of that kind and not set it before one’s eyes, so as not to fall away from the beautiful into what is called beautiful by a dim participation. The shapeless form is beautiful, if it is a form at all—and the more so, the more you strip away all shape, even the shape in an account, by which we say one thing differs from another, as justice and moderation are different from each other, though both are beautiful.

    ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ νοῦς ἴδιόν τι νοεῖ, ἠλάττωται, κἂν ὁμοῦ πάντα λάβῃ ὅσα ἐν τῷ νοητῷ· κἂν ἕκαστον, μίαν μορφὴν νοητὴν ἔχει· ὁμοῦ δὲ πάντα οἷον ποικίλην τινά, ἔτι ἐν δεήσει, οἷον δεῖ θεάσασθαι ὂν ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πάγκαλον καὶ ποικίλον καὶ οὐ ποικίλον, οὗ ὀρέγεται μὲν ψυχὴ οὐ λέγουσα διὰ τί τοιοῦτον ποθεῖ, ὁ δὲ λόγος λέγει, ὅτι τοῦτο τὸ ὄντως, εἴπερ ἐν τῷ πάντη ἀνειδέῳ ἡ τοῦ ἀρίστου φύσις καὶ ἡ τοῦ ἐρασμιωτάτου. διὸ ὅ τι ἂν εἰς εἶδος ἀνάγων τῇ ψυχῇ δεικνύῃς, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἄλλο τὸ μορφῶσαν ζητεῖ. λέγει δὴ ὁ λόγος, ὅτι τὸ μορφὴν ἔχον καὶ ἡ μορφὴ καὶ τὸ εἶδος μεμετρημένον πᾶν, τοῦτο δὲ οὐ πᾶν οὐδὲ αὔταρκες οὐδὲ παρ’ αὑτοῦ καλόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο μέμικται.

    But since Intellect thinks something particular, it is diminished, even if it takes together all that is in the intelligible. If it takes each, it has one intelligible shape; if all together, a kind of varied shape, as it were—still in need, in need of the sort of thing one must contemplate as being above that all-beautiful one, varied and not varied: that which soul reaches for without saying why it longs for such a thing. But reason says that this is the real thing, if indeed the nature of the best and of the most lovable lies in what is entirely formless. That is why, whatever you bring to form and show to the soul, it seeks beyond it something else, what gave it shape. So reason says that what has shape, and shape, and form, are all measured; and this is not all, nor self-sufficient, nor beautiful of itself; this too is mixed.

    δεῖ τοίνυν ταῦτα μὲν καλά, τὸ δὲ ὄντως ἢ τὸ ὑπέρκαλον μὴ μεμετρῆσθαι· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, μὴ μεμορφῶσθαι μηδὲ εἶδος εἶναι. ἀνείδεον ἄρα τὸ πρώτως καὶ πρῶτον καὶ ἡ καλλονὴ ἐκεῖ νοητοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσις. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἐραστῶν πάθος, ὡς, ἕως ἐστὶν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἔχοντι, οὔπω ἐρᾷ· ὅταν δ’ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου αὐτὸς ἐν αὑτῷ οὐκ αἰσθητὸν γεννήσῃ τύπον ἐν ἀμερεῖ ψυχῇ, τότε ἔρως φύεται. βλέπειν δὲ ζητεῖ τὸ ἐρώμενον, ἵν’ ἐκεῖνο ἐπάρδῃ μαραινόμενον. εἰ δὲ σύνεσιν λάβοι, ὡς δεῖ μεταβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀμορφότερον, ἐκείνου ἂν ὀρέγοιτο· καὶ γὰρ ὃ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔπαθεν, ἐκ σέλαος ἀμυδροῦ ἔρως φωτὸς μεγάλου. τὸ γὰρ ἴχνος τοῦ ἀμόρφου μορφή· τοῦτο γοῦν γεννᾷ τὴν μορφήν, οὐχ ἡ μορφὴ τοῦτο, καὶ γεννᾷ, ὅταν ὕλη προσέλθῃ.

    So these must be beautiful, but what is truly beautiful, or rather the beyond-beautiful, must not be measured; and if so, it must not be shaped, nor be a form. So what is primarily and first is formless, and beauty There is the nature of the intelligible Good. The experience of lovers bears witness too. As long as a lover is caught up in what bears the perceptible imprint, he does not yet love; but when from it he generates in himself an imprint that is not perceptible, in the partless soul, then love springs up. He seeks to see the beloved so as to water that imprint as it withers. But if he understood that one must pass on to what is more shapeless, he would reach for that; for what he experienced from the start was love of a great light kindled by a dim gleam. The trace of the shapeless is shape: it is the shapeless, then, that generates shape, not shape it; and it generates it when matter comes to it.

    ἡ δὲ ὕλη πορρωτάτω ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ὅτι μηδὲ τῶν ὑστάτων μορφῶν παρ’ αὑτῆς τινα ἔχει. εἰ οὖν ἐράσμιον μὲν οὐχ ἡ ὕλη, ἀλλὰ τὸ εἰδοποιηθὲν διὰ τὸ εἶδος, τὸ δ’ ἐπὶ τῇ ὕλῃ εἶδος παρὰ ψυχῆς, ψυχὴ δὲ μᾶλλον εἶδος καὶ μᾶλλον ἐράσμιον καὶ νοῦς μᾶλλον ταύτης εἶδος καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐρασμιώτερον, ἀνείδεον δεῖ τὴν καλοῦ φύσιν τὴν πρώτην τίθεσθαι.

    And matter is necessarily furthest away, since of itself it has not even one of the last shapes. If, then, it is not matter that is lovable but what has been formed by the form, and the form on matter comes from soul, and soul is more form and more lovable, and Intellect is more form than soul and more lovable still, then we must posit that the first nature of beauty is formless.

    Alone with the alone

    The soul strips off every shape and meets the Good suddenly, with nothing between.

    καὶ οὐκέτι θαυμάσομεν τὸ τοὺς δεινοὺς πόθους παρέχον εἰ πάντη ἀπήλλακται καὶ μορφῆς νοητῆς· ἐπεὶ καὶ ψυχή, ὅταν αὐτοῦ ἔρωτα σύντονον λάβῃ, ἀποτίθεται πᾶσαν ἣν ἔχει μορφήν, καὶ ἥτις ἂν καὶ νοητοῦ ᾖ ἐν αὐτῇ. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἔχοντά τι ἄλλο καὶ ἐνεργοῦντα περὶ αὐτὸ οὔτε ἰδεῖν οὔτε ἐναρμοσθῆναι· ἀλλὰ δεῖ μήτε κακὸν μήτ’ αὖ ἀγαθὸν μηδὲν ἄλλο πρόχειρον ἔχειν, ἵνα δέξηται μόνη μόνον.

    And we shall no longer be surprised if what produces those terrible longings is entirely free even of intelligible shape. For soul too, when it conceives an intense love for it, puts off every shape it has, even any shape of the intelligible that may be in it. It is not possible, while having something else and being active about it, either to see it or to be fitted to it. One must have nothing else ready to hand, neither bad nor again good, so that the soul, alone, may receive the alone.

    Famous passage Nothing between, both oneThe soul, stripped of every shape, sees the Good suddenly appear within it and can no longer tell the two apart.

    ὅταν δὲ τούτου εὐτυχήσῃ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ ἥκῃ πρὸς αὐτήν, μᾶλλον δὲ παρὸν φανῇ, ὅταν ἐκείνη ἐκνεύσῃ τῶν παρόντων, καὶ παρασκευάσασα αὑτὴν ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα καλὴν καὶ εἰς ὁμοιότητα ἐλθοῦσα· ἡ δὲ παρασκευὴ καὶ ἡ κόσμησις δήλη που τοῖς παρασκευαζομένοις· ἰδοῦσα δὲ ἐν αὑτῇ ἐξαίφνης φανέντα — μεταξὺ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὐδ’ ἔτι δύο, ἀλλ’ ἓν ἄμφω· οὐ γὰρ ἂν διακρίναις ἔτι, ἕως πάρεστι· μίμησις δὲ τούτου καὶ οἱ ἐνταῦθα ἐρασταὶ καὶ ἐρώμενοι συγκρῖναι θέλοντες — οὔτε σώματος ἔτι αἰσθάνεται, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἑαυτὴν ἄλλο τι λέγει, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον, οὐ ζῷον, οὐκ ὄν, οὐδὲ πᾶν· ἀνώμαλος γὰρ ἡ τούτων πως θέα, καὶ οὔτε σχολὴν ἄγει πρὸς αὐτὰ οὔτε θέλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ ζητήσασα ἐκείνῳ παρόντι ἀπαντᾷ κἀκεῖνο ἀντ’ αὐτῆς βλέπει· τίς δὲ οὖσα βλέπει, οὐδὲ τοῦτο σχολάζει ὁρᾶν.

    When the soul has this good fortune and it comes to the soul—or rather, being present, it appears—when the soul has turned away from the things present, having prepared itself to be as beautiful as possible and come into likeness (the preparation and the adornment are surely clear to those who prepare themselves), and sees it suddenly appearing within itself—for there is nothing between, and they are no longer two, but both are one; you could not tell them apart while it is present; lovers and beloveds here imitate this, wanting to fuse together—then the soul no longer perceives its body, that it is in it, nor calls itself anything else: not human, not living being, not being, not all. For looking at these would be, in a way, out of keeping; it has no leisure for them and does not want any. Having sought it, it meets it when it is present, and looks at it instead of at itself; and who it is that looks, it has no leisure even to see.

    ἔνθα δὴ οὐδὲν πάντων ἂν τούτου ἀλλάξαιτο, οὐδ’ εἴ τις αὐτῇ πάντα τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπιτρέποι, ὡς οὐκ ὄντος ἄλλου ἔτι ἀμείνονος οὐδὲ μᾶλλον ἀγαθοῦ οὔτε γὰρ ἀνωτέρω τρέχει τά τε ἄλλα πάντα κατιούσης, κἂν ᾖ ἄνω· ὥστε τότε ἔχει καὶ τὸ κρίνειν καλῶς καὶ γινώσκειν, ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν οὗ ἐφίετο, καὶ τίθεσθαι, ὅτι μηδέν ἐστι κρεῖττον αὐτοῦ. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀπάτη ἐκεῖ· ἢ ποῦ ἂν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ἀληθεστέρου τύχοι; ὃ οὖν λέγει, ἐκεῖνό ἐστι, καὶ ὕστερον λέγει, καὶ σιωπῶσα δὲ λέγει καὶ εὐπαθοῦσα οὐ ψεύδεται, ὅτι εὐπαθεῖ· οὐδὲ γαργαλιζομένου λέγει τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο γενομένη, ὃ πάλαι, ὅτε εὐτύχει.

    Then it would exchange this for nothing at all, not even if someone offered it the whole heaven, since there is nothing else better, nothing more good. It runs no higher, and everything else is a descent for it, even if it is on high. So then it is able to judge rightly and to know that this is what it was longing for, and to hold that there is nothing better than it. For there is no deception There; or where would it find anything truer than the true? So what it says is: “It is that”; and it says it later, and says it in silence too; and in its joy it is not deceived that it is joyful. Nor does it say so because the body is tickled, but because it has become this—what it was long ago, when it was happy.

    ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, οἷς πρὶν ἥδετο, ἀρχαῖς ἢ δυνάμεσιν ἢ πλούτοις ἢ κάλλεσιν ἢ ἐπιστήμαις, ταῦτα ὑπεριδοῦσα λέγει οὐκ ἂν εἰποῦσα μὴ κρείττοσι συντυχοῦσα τούτων· οὐδὲ φοβεῖται, μή τι πάθῃ, μετ’ ἐκείνου οὖσα οὐδ’ ὅλως ἰδοῦσα· εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ περὶ αὐτὴν φθείροιτο, εὖ μάλα καὶ βούλεται, ἵνα πρὸς τούτῳ ᾖ μόνον· εἰς τόσον ἥκει εὐπαθείας.

    And all the other things it used to delight in—offices, powers, wealth, beauty, sciences—it says it looks down on them; and it would not say so if it had not met with things better than these. Nor is it afraid that something may happen to it while it is with that, or even while merely seeing it. And if everything else around it were to perish, it would actually be glad, so as to be with this alone: such is the joy it has come to.

    οὕτω δὲ διάκειται τότε, ὡς καὶ τοῦ νοεῖν καταφρονεῖν, ὃ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἠσπάζετο, ὅτι τὸ νοεῖν κίνησίς τις ἦν, αὐτὴ δὲ οὐ κινεῖσθαι θέλει· καὶ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνόν φησιν, ὃν ὁρᾷ, καίτοι νοῦς γενομένη αὐτὴ θεωρεῖ, οἷον νοωθεῖσα καὶ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῷ νοητῷ γενομένη· ἀλλὰ γενομένη μὲν ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ αὐτὸν ἔχουσα τὸ νοητὸν νοεῖ, ἐπὴν δ’ ἐκεῖνον ἴδῃ, πάντα ἤδη ἀφίησιν, οἷον εἴ τις εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἶκον ποικίλον καὶ οὕτω καλὸν θεωροῖ ἔνδον ἕκαστα τῶν ποικιλμάτων καὶ θαυμάζοι, πρὶν ἰδεῖν τὸν τοῦ οἴκου δεσπότην, ἰδὼν δ’ ἐκεῖνον καὶ ἀγασθεὶς οὐ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἀγαλμάτων φύσιν ὄντα, ἀλλ’ ἄξιον τῆς ὄντως θέας, ἀφεὶς ἐκεῖνα τοῦτον μόνον τοῦ λοιποῦ βλέποι, εἶτα βλέπων καὶ μὴ ἀφαιρῶν τὸ ὄμμα μηκέτι ὅραμα βλέποι τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς θέας, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὄψιν αὑτοῦ συγκεράσαιτο τῷ θεάματι, ὥστε ἐν αὐτῷ ἤδη τὸ ὁρατὸν πρότερον ὄψιν γεγονέναι, τῶν δ’ ἄλλων πάντων ἐπιλάθοιτο θεαμάτων.

    It is so disposed then that it even despises thinking, which at other times it welcomed, because thinking was a kind of motion and it does not want to be moved. For it says that he whom it sees does not move either—even though the soul, having become intellect, contemplates, having been, as it were, made intellect and come to be in the intelligible place. While it is in that place and has the intelligible around it, it thinks; but once it sees him, it lets go of everything at once. It is as if someone entered a richly decorated house, beautiful in this way, and contemplated each of the ornaments inside and admired them, before seeing the master of the house; but on seeing him and marveling at him—not of the same nature as the statues, but worthy of true vision—he would let those go and from then on look only at him. Then, looking and not taking his eye away, he would no longer see a sight, because the vision is continuous, but would blend his seeing with what he sees, so that in him what was seen before has now become sight; and he would forget all other sights.

    καὶ τάχ’ ἂν σώζοι τὸ ἀνάλογον ἡ εἰκών, εἰ μὴ ἄνθρωπος εἴη ὁ ἐπιστὰς τῷ τὰ τοῦ οἴκου θεωμένῳ, ἀλλά τις θεός, καὶ οὗτος οὐ κατ’ ὄψιν φανείς, ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμπλήσας τοῦ θεωμένου. καὶ τὸν νοῦν τοίνυν [δεῖ] τὴν μὲν ἔχειν δύναμιν εἰς τὸ νοεῖν, ᾗ τὰ ἐν αὑτῷ βλέπει, τὴν δέ, ᾗ τὰ ἐπέκεινα αὐτοῦ ἐπιβολῇ τινι καὶ παραδοχῇ, καθ’ ἣν καὶ πρότερον ἑώρα μόνον καὶ ὁρῶν ὕστερον καὶ νοῦν ἔσχε καὶ ἕν ἐστι· καὶ ἔστιν ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ θέα νοῦ ἔμφρονος, αὕτη δὲ νοῦς ἐρῶν.

    And perhaps the image would preserve the analogy if it were not a human being who came upon the one contemplating the contents of the house, but a god—and a god who did not appear to sight, but filled the soul of the one contemplating. And so Intellect [must] have one power for thinking, by which it looks at what is in itself, and another by which it looks at what is beyond it, with a kind of direct apprehension and reception; by this it first only saw, and later, in seeing, acquired intellect and is one. The first is the vision of intellect in its right mind; the second is intellect in love.

    ὅταν [γὰρ] ἄφρων γένηται μεθυσθεὶς τοῦ νέκταρος, τότε ἐρῶν γίνεται ἁπλωθεὶς εἰς εὐπάθειαν τῷ κόρῳ· καὶ ἔστιν αὐτῷ μεθύειν βέλτιον ἢ σεμνοτέρῳ εἶναι τοιαύτης μέθης. παρὰ μέρος δὲ ὁ νοῦς ἐκεῖνος ἄλλα, τὰ δὲ ἄλλοτε ἄλλα ὁρᾷ; ἢ οὔ· ὁ δὲ λόγος διδάσκων γινόμενα ποιεῖ, ὁ δὲ ἔχει τὸ νοεῖν ἀεί, ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ νοεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἄλλως ἐκεῖνον βλέπειν. καὶ γὰρ ὁρῶν ἐκεῖνον ἔσχε γεννήματα καὶ συνῄσθετο καὶ τούτων γενομένων καὶ ἐνόντων· καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁρῶν λέγεται νοεῖν, ἐκεῖνον δὲ ᾗ δυνάμει ἔμελλε νοεῖν. ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ οἷον συγχέασα καὶ ἀφανίσασα μένοντα τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ νοῦν, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτῆς ὁ νοῦς ὁρᾷ πρῶτος, ἔρχεται δὲ ἡ θέα καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν καὶ τὰ δύο ἓν γίνεται.

    [For] when it goes out of its mind, drunk on the nectar, then it becomes intellect in love, simplified into joy by its fullness; and it is better for it to be drunk than to be too dignified for such drunkenness. Does that intellect see different things in turn, some at one time, others at another? No: our account, in teaching, presents them as happening, but it always has thinking, and it also has not-thinking, which is looking at him in another way. For in seeing him it had offspring, and was aware both of their coming to be and of their being in it; and in seeing these it is said to think, but to see him by the power by which it was going to think. And the soul—as it were blending together and making vanish the intellect that remains in it—or rather, its intellect sees first, and the vision comes into the soul too, and the two become one.

    ἐκταθὲν δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς καὶ συναρμοσθὲν τῇ ἀμφοτέρων συστάσει ἐπιδραμὸν καὶ ἑνῶσαν τὰ δύο ἔπεστιν αὐτοῖς μακαρίαν διδοὺς αἴσθησιν καὶ θέαν, τοσοῦτον ἄρας, ὥστε μήτε ἐν τόπῳ εἶναι, μήτε ἔν τῳ ἄλλῳ, ἐν ᾧ πέφυκεν ἄλλο ἐν ἄλλῳ εἶναι· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτός που· ὁ δὲ νοητὸς τόπος ἐν αὐτῷ, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἐν ἄλλῳ. διὸ οὐδὲ κινεῖται ἡ ψυχὴ τότε, ὅτι μηδ’ ἐκεῖνο· οὐδὲ ψυχὴ τοίνυν, ὅτι μηδὲ ζῇ ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ τὸ ζῆν· οὐδὲ νοῦς, ὅτι μηδὲ νοεῖ· ὁμοιοῦσθαι γὰρ δεῖ· νοεῖ δὲ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι οὐδὲ νοεῖται.

    The Good, spread out over them and fitted to the union of both, running over them and uniting the two, is upon them, giving them a blessed perception and vision, lifting them so high that they are neither in place nor in anything else in which one thing naturally is in another. For he himself is not anywhere either: the intelligible place is in him, but he is not in another. That is why the soul does not move then either, because that does not; nor, then, is it soul, because that does not live, but is above living; nor is it intellect, because that does not think—for it must be made like it. And it does not think that one, because that one is not thought either.

    τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα δῆλα, εἴρηται δέ τι καὶ περὶ τούτου. ἀλλ’ ὅμως καὶ νῦν ἐπ’ ὀλίγον λεκτέον ἀρχομένοις μὲν ἐκεῖθεν, διὰ λογισμῶν δὲ προιοῦσιν. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ εἴτε γνῶσις εἴτε ἐπαφὴ μέγιστον, καὶ μέγιστόν φησι τοῦτο εἶναι μάθημα, οὐ τὸ πρὸς αὐτὸ ἰδεῖν μάθημα λέγων, ἀλλὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν τι πρότερον.

    The other points are clear, and something has been said about this one as well. Still, we must say a little about it now too, starting from there but proceeding by reasoning. Knowledge of the Good—or contact with it—is the greatest thing, and he says it is the “greatest study,” not calling looking toward it a study, but learning something about it beforehand.

    διδάσκουσι μὲν οὖν ἀναλογίαι τε καὶ ἀφαιρέσεις καὶ γνώσεις τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναβασμοί τινες, πορεύουσι δὲ καθάρσεις πρὸς αὐτὸ καὶ ἀρεταὶ καὶ κοσμήσεις καὶ τοῦ νοητοῦ ἐπιβάσεις καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ ἱδρύσεις καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστιάσεις, ὥς τις γένηται ὁμοῦ θεατής τε καὶ θέαμα αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ γενόμενος οὐσία καὶ νοῦς καὶ ζῷον παντελὲς μηκέτι ἔξωθεν αὐτὸ βλέπῃ· τοῦτο δὲ γενόμενος ἐγγύς ἐστι καὶ τὸ ἐφεξῆς ἐκεῖνο καὶ πλησίον αὐτὸ ἤδη ἐπὶ παντὶ τῷ νοητῷ ἐπιστίλβον.

    We are taught by analogies and abstractions, by knowledge of the things that come from it, and by certain ascents; we are brought on our way toward it by purifications and virtues and adornments, by setting foot in the intelligible and settling ourselves There and feasting on what is There—so that one becomes at once spectator and spectacle, oneself of oneself and of the others, and, having become being and intellect and the complete living being, no longer looks at it from outside. Having become this, one is near, and that comes next, and it is already close, shining over all the intelligible.

    ἔνθα δὴ ἐάσας τις πᾶν μάθημα καὶ μέχρι τούτου παιδαγωγηθεὶς καὶ ἐν καλῷ ἱδρυθείς, ἐν ᾧ μέν ἐστι, μέχρι τούτου νοεῖ, ἐξενεχθεὶς δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ τοῦ νοῦ οἷον κύματι καὶ ὑψοῦ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ οἷον οἰδήσαντος ἀρθεὶς εἰσεῖδεν ἐξαίφνης οὐκ ἰδὼν ὅπως, ἀλλ’ ἡ θέα πλήσασα φωτὸς τὰ ὄμματα οὐ δι’ αὐτοῦ πεποίηκεν ἄλλο ὁρᾶν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τὸ φῶς τὸ ὅραμα ἦν. οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τὸ μὲν ὁρώμενον, τὸ δὲ φῶς αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ νοῦς καὶ νοούμενον, ἀλλ’ αὐγὴ γεννῶσα ταῦτα εἰς ὕστερον καὶ ἀφεῖσα εἶναι παρ’ αὐτῷ· αὐτὸς δὲ αὐγὴ μόνον γεννῶσα νοῦν, οὔτι σβέσασα αὑτῆς ἐν τῷ γεννῆσαι, ἀλλὰ μείνασα μὲν αὐτή, γενομένου δ’ ἐκείνου τῷ τοῦτο εἶναι. εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτο τοιοῦτον ἦν, οὐκ ἂν ὑπέστη ἐκεῖνο.

    There one lets go of all study; having been educated up to this point and established in beauty, one goes on thinking, within the place where one is. But carried out by the very wave of intellect, as it were, and lifted on high by it as it swells, one suddenly saw, without seeing how. The vision filled the eyes with light and did not make them see something else through it: the light itself was what was seen. For in that there was not one thing seen and another its light, nor intellect and object of thought, but a radiance that generates these later and lets them be beside it. He himself is radiance only, generating Intellect, not quenching himself in generating it, but remaining himself, while that came to be because this is. For if this were not such, that would not have come into existence.

    Does the Good think?

    Against those who give the First self-thinking: it is beyond thought and needs nothing.

    οἱ μὲν οὖν νόησιν αὐτῷ δόντες τῶν μὲν ἐλαττόνων καὶ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔδοσαν· καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο ἄτοπον τὰ ἄλλα, φασί τινες, μὴ εἰδέναι· ἀλλ’ οὖν ἐκεῖνοι ἄλλο τιμιώτερον αὐτοῦ οὐχ εὑρόντες τὴν νόησιν αὐτῷ αὑτοῦ εἶναι ἔδοσαν, ὥσπερ τῇ νοήσει σεμνοτέρου αὐτοῦ ἐσομένου καὶ τοῦ νοεῖν κρείττονος ἢ κατ’ αὐτὸν ὃ ἔστιν ὄντος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ αὐτοῦ σεμνύνοντος τὴν νόησιν. τίνι γὰρ τὸ τίμιον ἕξει, τῇ νοήσει ἢ αὑτῷ; εἰ μὲν οὖν τῇ νοήσει, αὑτῷ οὐ τίμιον ἢ ἧττον, εἰ δὲ αὑτῷ, πρὸ τῆς νοήσεώς ἐστι τέλειος καὶ οὐ τῇ νοήσει τελειούμενος.

    Those who granted him thinking did not grant him thinking of the lesser things, the things that come from him—although some say it is absurd for him not to know the other things. Anyway, finding nothing else more honorable, they granted that his thinking is of himself, as if he would be more majestic through thinking, and thinking were better than what he is in himself, instead of his conferring majesty on thinking. For by what will he have his honor, by thinking or by himself? If by thinking, he is not honorable in himself, or less so; if by himself, he is perfect before thinking and is not perfected by thinking.

    The target is Aristotle, whose god is thinking that thinks itself (Metaphysics XII.9).

    εἰ δ’ ὅτι ἐνέργειά ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναμις, δεῖ νοεῖν, εἰ μὲν οὐσία ἐστὶν ἀεὶ νοοῦσα καὶ τούτῳ ἐνέργειαν λέγουσι, δύο ὅμως λέγουσι, τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ τὴν νόησιν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλοῦν λέγουσιν, ἀλλά τι ἕτερον προστιθέασιν αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ ὀφθαλμοῖς τὸ ὁρᾶν κατ’ ἐνέργειαν, κἂν ἀεὶ βλέπωσιν. εἰ δ’ ἐνεργείᾳ λέγουσιν, ὅτι ἐνέργειά ἐστι καὶ νόησις, οὐκ ἂν οὖσα νόησις νοοῖ, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ κίνησις κινοῖτο ἄν. τί οὖν; οὐ καὶ αὐτοὶ λέγετε οὐσίαν καὶ ἐνέργειαν εἶναι ἐκεῖνα;

    If they say he must think because he is actuality and not potentiality, then if he is a being that always thinks, and they call him actuality for this reason, they are still speaking of two things, the being and the thinking, and not of something simple; they are adding something different to him, as seeing in actuality is added to eyes, even if they always see. But if they say he is in actuality because he is actuality and thinking, then, being thinking, he would not think, just as motion would not move. “What, then? Don’t you yourselves say that those things are being and actuality?”

    ἀλλὰ πολλὰ ταῦτα ὁμολογοῦμεν εἶναι καὶ ταῦτα ἕτερα, τὸ δὲ πρῶτον ἁπλοῦν, καὶ τῷ ἐξ ἄλλου δίδομεν νοεῖν καὶ οἷον ζητεῖν αὑτοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ αὑτὸ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαν αὐτό, καὶ ἐπιστραφὲν ἐν τῇ θέᾳ καὶ γνωρίσαν νοῦν ἤδη δικαίως εἶναι· τὸ δὲ μήτε γενόμενον μήτε ἔχον πρὸ αὑτοῦ [ἄλλο], ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ [ὂν] ὃ ἔστι, τίν’ αἰτίαν τοῦ νοεῖν ἕξει; διὸ ὑπὲρ νοῦν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων εἶναι ὀρθῶς. νοῦς μὲν γὰρ μὴ νοῶν ἀνόητος· ᾧ γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἔχει τὸ νοεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοῦτο πράττοι, ἀνόητον· ᾧ δὲ μηδὲν ἔργον ἐστί, τί ἂν τούτῳ τις ἔργον προσάγων κατὰ στέρησιν αὐτοῦ κατηγοροῖ τοῦτο, ὅτι μὴ πράττει; οἷον εἰ ἀνίατρον αὐτόν τις λέγοι.

    But we agree that these are many and different from one another, while the First is simple; and to what comes from another we grant thinking, and as it were the seeking of its own being, and of itself and of what made it, and say that, having turned back in the vision and come to recognize it, it is now rightly intellect. But what neither came to be nor has [anything else] before it, but always [is] what it is—what reason will it have to think? That is why Plato rightly says it is above intellect. For an intellect that does not think is mindless: where nature has given thinking, if a thing does not do this, it is mindless. But where there is no work, why would anyone bring in a work and, by way of privation, accuse it of not doing it? It is as if someone called him unskilled in medicine.

    μηδὲν δὲ ἔργον εἶναι αὐτῷ, ὅτι μηδὲν ἐπιβάλλει αὐτῷ ποιεῖν· ἀρκεῖ γὰρ αὐτὸς καὶ οὐδὲν δεῖ ζητεῖν παρ’ αὑτὸν ὑπὲρ τὰ πάντα ὄντα ἀρκεῖ γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὢν αὐτὸς ὃ ἔστιν.

    He has no work, because there is nothing incumbent on him to do. He is sufficient himself and need seek nothing beyond himself, being above all things; he is sufficient to himself and to the others by being himself what he is.

    ἔστι δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ ἔστιν· οὐδὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ τούτου δεῖται· ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ τὸ ἀγαθός ἐστι κατὰ τούτου, ἀλλὰ καθ’ οὗ τὸ ἔστι· τὸ δὲ ἔστιν οὐχ ὡς κατ’ ἄλλου ἄλλο, ἀλλ’ ὡς σημαῖνον ὃ ἔστι. λέγομεν δὲ τἀγαθὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγοντες οὐκ αὐτὸ οὐδὲ κατηγοροῦντες, ὅτι αὐτῷ ὑπάρχει, ἀλλ’ ὅτι αὐτό· εἶτα οὐδ’ ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν λέγειν ἀξιοῦντες οὐδὲ τὸ τὸ προτιθέναι αὐτοῦ, δηλοῦν δὲ οὐ δυνάμενοι, εἴ τις αὐτὸ παντάπασιν ἀφέλοι, ἵνα μὴ ἄλλο, τὸ δ’ ἄλλο ποιῶμεν, ὡς μὴ δεῖσθαι τοῦ ἔστιν ἔτι, οὕτω λέγομεν τἀγαθόν. ἀλλὰ τίς παραδέξεται φύσιν οὐκ οὖσαν ἐν αἰσθήσει καὶ γνώσει αὑτῆς; τί οὖν [οὐ] γνώσεται ‘ἐγὼ εἰμί’; ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔστι. διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐρεῖ τὸ ‘ἀγαθὸν εἰμί’; ἢ πάλιν τὸ ἔστι κατηγορήσει αὑτοῦ.

    He is not even “is”: he has no need of this either. For not even “he is good” is said of him, but of that of which “is” is said; and “is” not as one thing said of another, but as signifying what it is. We say “the Good” of him not predicating goodness of him, as something that belongs to him, but meaning that he is it. Then, since we do not think it right to say “is good,” nor to put “the” in front of it, but cannot make ourselves clear if one takes it away altogether, we say “the Good” in this way, so as not to make one thing and then another, and so no longer to need “is.” But who will accept a nature that has no perception or knowledge of itself? Well then, what will it [not] know? “I am”? But it is not. Why, then, will it not say “I am good”? Because again it will be predicating “is” of itself.

    ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν μόνον ἐρεῖ τί προσθείς; ἀγαθὸν μὲν γὰρ νοήσειεν ἄν τις ἄνευ τοῦ ἔστιν, εἰ μὴ κατ’ ἄλλου κατηγοροῖ· ὁ δὲ αὑτὸν νοῶν ὅτι ἀγαθὸν πάντως νοήσει τὸ ‘ἐγὼ εἰμὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν’· εἰ δὲ μή, ἀγαθὸν μὲν νοήσει, οὐ παρέσται δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ ὅτι αὐτός ἐστι τοῦτο νοεῖν. δεῖ οὖν τὴν νόησιν εἶναι, ὅτι ἀγαθὸν εἰμί. καὶ εἰ μὲν [ἡ] νόησις αὐτὴ τὸ ἀγαθόν, οὐκ αὐτοῦ ἔσται νόησις, ἀλλ’ ἀγαθοῦ, αὐτός τε οὐκ ἔσται τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλ’ ἡ νόησις. εἰ δὲ ἑτέρα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἡ νόησις τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ἔστιν ἤδη τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸ τῆς νοήσεως αὐτοῦ.

    Will it then say only “good”—adding what? For one might think “good” without “is,” if one did not predicate it of something else; but one who thinks himself as good will certainly think “I am the Good”; otherwise he will think good, but the thought that he himself is this will not be present to him. So the thinking must be “I am good.” And if [the] thinking itself is the Good, it will not be thinking of himself but of good, and he himself will not be the Good: the thinking will. But if the thinking of the Good is other than the Good, then the Good already exists before the thinking of it.

    εἰ δέ ἐστι πρὸ τῆς νοήσεως τὸ ἀγαθόν, αὔταρκες ὂν αὑτῷ εἰς ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν ἂν δέοιτο τῆς νοήσεως τῆς περὶ αὑτοῦ· ὥστε ᾗ ἀγαθὸν οὐ νοεῖ ἑαυτό, ἀλλὰ ᾗ τί. ἢ οὐδὲν ἄλλο πάρεστιν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ἁπλῆ τις ἐπιβολὴ αὐτῷ πρὸς αὑτὸ ἔσται.

    And if the Good exists before the thinking, then, being self-sufficient for being good, it would have no need of the thinking about itself. So it does not think itself as good—then as what? Or rather, nothing else is present to it; there will be a kind of simple direct apprehension of itself by itself.

    ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὄντος οἷον διαστήματός τινος οὐδὲ διαφορᾶς πρὸς αὑτό, τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ἑαυτῷ τί ἂν εἴη ἢ αὐτό; διὸ καὶ ὀρθῶς ἑτερότητα λαμβάνει, ὅπου νοῦς καὶ οὐσία. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν νοῦν ἀεὶ ἑτερότητα καὶ ταυτότητα λαμβάνειν, εἴπερ νοήσει. ἑαυτόν τε γὰρ οὐ διακρινεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ νοητοῦ τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸ ἑτέρου σχέσει, τά τε πάντα οὐ θεωρήσει μηδεμιᾶς ἑτερότητος γενομένης εἰς τὸ πάντα εἶναι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲ δύο. ἔπειτα, εἰ νοήσει, οὐ δήπου ἑαυτὸν μόνον νοήσει, εἴπερ ὅλως νοήσει· διὰ τί γὰρ οὐχ ἅπαντα; ἢ ἀδυνατήσει. ὅλως δὲ οὐχ ἁπλοῦς γίνεται νοῶν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ δεῖ τὴν νόησιν τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἑτέρου εἶναι, εἴ τι ὅλως δύναιτο νοεῖν αὑτό. ἐλέγομεν δέ, ὅτι οὐ νόησις τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ ἄλλον αὑτὸν ἐθέλοι ἰδεῖν.

    But since there is no interval, so to speak, and no difference in relation to itself, what would what apprehends itself be but itself? That is why he rightly takes otherness where there is intellect and being. For Intellect must always take otherness and sameness, if it is to think. It will not distinguish itself from the intelligible except by its relation to it as other, and it will not contemplate all things unless some otherness has arisen so that they can be all things; there would not even be two. Then, if it is to think, it will surely not think itself only, if it thinks at all: for why not everything? Or will it be unable to? In general, in thinking itself it does not stay simple; the thinking about itself must be of something other, if it could think itself at all. And we said that this is not thinking, unless it wanted to see itself as other.

    “He” is Plato (Sophist 254e–255e).

    νοήσας δὲ αὐτὸς πολὺς γίνεται, νοητός, νοῶν, κινούμενος καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα προσήκει νῷ. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κἀκεῖνο ὁρᾶν προσήκει, ὅπερ εἴρηται ἤδη ἐν ἄλλοις, ὡς ἑκάστη νόησις, εἴπερ νόησις ἔσται, ποικίλον τι δεῖ εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἁπλοῦν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πᾶν οἷον κίνημα, εἰ τοιοῦτον εἴη οἷον ἐπαφή, οὐδὲν νοερὸν ἔχει. τί οὖν; οὔτε τὰ ἄλλα οὔτε αὑτὸν εἰδήσει, ἀλλὰ σεμνὸν ἑστήξεται. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα ὕστερα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦν πρὸ αὐτῶν ὃ ἦν, καὶ ἐπίκτητος αὐτῶν ἡ νόησις καὶ οὐχ ἡ αὐτὴ ἀεὶ καὶ οὐχ ἑστηκότων, κἂν τὰ ἑστῶτα δὲ νοῇ, πολύς ἐστιν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὰ μὲν ὕστερα μετὰ τῆς νοήσεως καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν ἕξει, αἱ δὲ τούτου νοήσεις θεωρίαι κεναὶ μόνον ἔσονται.

    And in thinking, he becomes many: intelligible, thinking, moving, and whatever else belongs to intellect. Besides this, it is fitting to see the point already made elsewhere: that every act of thinking, if it is to be thinking, must be something varied, while what is simple and entirely the same, like a single movement—if it were the sort of thing contact is—has nothing intellectual about it. What, then? Will he know neither the other things nor himself, but stand there in solemn majesty? The other things come after him, and he was what he was before them; and thinking of them would be acquired, and not always the same, and of things that do not stand still; and even if he thinks the things that stand still, he is many. For it surely won’t be that the later things have being along with their thinking, while his thoughts are only empty contemplations.

    ἡ δὲ πρόνοια ἀρκεῖ ἐν τῷ αὐτὸν εἶναι, παρ’ οὗ τὰ πάντα. τὸ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν πῶς, εἰ μὴ αὑτόν; ἀλλὰ σεμνὸν ἑστήξεται. ἔλεγε μὲν οὖν ὁ Πλάτων περὶ τῆς οὐσίας λέγων, ὅτι νοήσει, ἀλλ’ οὐ σεμνὸν ἑστήξεται, ὡς τῆς οὐσίας μὲν νοούσης, τοῦ δὲ μὴ νοοῦντος σεμνοῦ ἑστηξομένου, τὸ μὲν ἑστήξεται τῷ μὴ ἄλλως ἂν δεδυνῆσθαι ἑρμηνεῦσαι, σεμνότερον δὲ καὶ ὄντως σεμνὸν νομίζων εἶναι τὸ ὑπερβεβηκὸς τὸ νοεῖν.

    His providence consists sufficiently in his being the one from whom all things come. And his relation to himself—how, if he does not think himself? No: he will stand in solemn majesty. Plato, speaking about being, said that it will think and will not stand in solemn majesty—meaning that being thinks, while what does not think will stand in solemn majesty. He said “will stand” because he could not express it otherwise, but he held that what transcends thinking is more solemn, and truly solemn.

    Plato, Sophist 248e–249a, where being cannot be “solemn and holy, without intellect, standing unmoved.”

    καὶ ὅτι μὲν μὴ δεῖ νόησιν περὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι, εἰδεῖεν ἂν οἱ προσαψάμενοι τοῦ τοιούτου· δεῖ γε μὴν παραμύθια ἄττα πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις κομίζειν, εἴ πῃ οἷόν τε τῷ λόγῳ σημῆναι. δεῖ δὲ τὴν πειθὼ μεμιγμένην ἔχειν τὴν ἀνάγκην. δεῖ τοίνυν γινώσκειν ἐπιστήσαντα, ὡς νόησις πᾶσα ἔκ τινός ἐστι καὶ τινός. καὶ ἡ μὲν συνοῦσα τῷ ἐξ οὗ ἐστιν ὑποκείμενον μὲν ἔχει τὸ οὗ ἐστι νόησις, οἷον δὲ ἐπικείμενον αὐτὴ γίνεται ἐνέργεια αὐτοῦ οὖσα καὶ πληροῦσα τὸ δυνάμει ἐκεῖνο οὐδὲν αὐτὴ γεννῶσα· ἐκείνου γάρ ἐστιν, οὗ ἐστι, μόνον οἷον τελείωσις. ἡ δὲ οὖσα νόησις μετ’ οὐσίας καὶ ὑποστήσασα τὴν οὐσίαν οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο ἐν ἐκείνῳ εἶναι, ἀφ’ οὗ ἐγένετο· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐγέννησέ τι ἐν ἐκείνῳ οὖσα.

    That there must be no thinking in him, those who have touched such a thing would know. Still, we must bring some further encouragements besides what has been said, if it is somehow possible to indicate it in words; and the persuasion must have necessity mixed in. So one must attend and recognize that all thinking is from something and of something. The thinking that stays with what it comes from has as its substrate the thing it is the thinking of, and itself becomes, as it were, something laid on top, being its activity and filling what was potential in it, generating nothing itself; for it belongs only to that whose it is, as a kind of perfection. But the thinking that is with being, and brought being into existence, could not be in that from which it came; for if it were in it, it would not have generated anything.

    ἀλλ’ οὖσα δύναμις τοῦ γεννᾶν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐγέννα, καὶ ἡ ἐνέργεια αὐτῆς ἐστιν οὐσία, καὶ σύνεστι καὶ ἐν τῇ οὐσίᾳ, καὶ ἔστιν οὐχ ἕτερον ἡ νόησις καὶ ἡ οὐσία αὕτη, κἂν αὕτη ἑαυτὴν νοῇ ἡ φύσις, οὐχ ἕτερον, ἀλλ’ ἢ λόγῳ, τὸ νοούμενον καὶ τὸ νοοῦν, πλῆθος ὄν, ὡς δέδεικται πολλαχῇ. καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη πρώτη ἐνέργεια ὑπόστασιν γεννήσασα εἰς οὐσίαν, καὶ ἴνδαλμα ὂν ἄλλου οὕτως ἐστὶ μεγάλου τινός, ὥστε ἐγένετο οὐσία. εἰ δ’ ἦν ἐκείνου καὶ μὴ ἀπ’ ἐκείνου, οὐδ’ ἂν ἄλλο τι ἢ ἐκείνου ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ὑπόστασις ἦν. πρώτη δὲ οὖσα αὕτη ἐνέργεια καὶ πρώτη νόησις οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι οὔτε ἐνέργειαν πρὸ αὑτῆς οὔτε νόησιν.

    Being a power of generating, it generated on its own, and its activity is being; it is together with being and in it, and thinking and this being are not different. Even if this nature thinks itself, the thought and the thinker are not different, except in account, being a multiplicity, as has been shown in many places. And this is the first activity, which brought a hypostasis into being; and being an image of something else, it is the image of something so great that it came to be being. If it belonged to that and did not come from that, it would be nothing other than something of that, and would not be a hypostasis on its own. Being the first activity and the first thinking, this could have neither activity nor thinking before it.

    μεταβαίνων τοίνυν τις ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς οὐσίας καὶ νοήσεως οὔτε ἐπὶ οὐσίαν ἥξει οὔτε ἐπὶ νόησιν, ἀλλ’ ἐπέκεινα ἥξει οὐσίας καὶ νοήσεως ἐπί τι θαυμαστόν, ὃ μήτε ἔχει ἐν αὑτῷ οὐσίαν μήτε νόησιν, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἔρημον αὐτὸ ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῦ τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν δεόμενον. οὐ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας πρότερον ἐγέννησεν ἐνέργειαν — ἤδη γὰρ ἂν ἦν, πρὶν γενέσθαι· οὐδὲ νοήσας ἐγέννησε νόησιν — ἤδη γὰρ ὂν νενοήκει, πρὶν γενέσθαι νόησιν.

    So if one passes on from this being and thinking, one will arrive neither at being nor at thinking, but beyond being and thinking, at something wonderful, which has in itself neither being nor thinking, but is solitary, itself by itself, needing nothing of what comes from it. For it was not by first being active that it generated activity—then the activity would have existed before it came to be; nor by thinking did it generate thinking—then, already being, it would have thought before thinking came to be.

    ὅλως γὰρ ἡ νόησις, εἰ μὲν ἀγαθοῦ, χεῖρον αὐτοῦ· ὥστε οὐ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἂν εἴη· λέγω δὲ οὐ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, οὐχ ὅτι μὴ ἔστι νοῆσαι τὸ ἀγαθόν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔστω· ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἀγαθῷ οὐκ ἂν εἴη νόησις· ἢ ἓν ἔσται ὁμοῦ τἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον αὐτοῦ. εἰ δὲ χεῖρον ἔσται, ὁμοῦ ἡ νόησις ἔσται καὶ ἡ οὐσία. εἰ δὲ κρεῖττον ἡ νόησις, τὸ νοητὸν χεῖρον ἔσται. οὐ δὴ ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἡ νόησις, ἀλλὰ χεῖρον οὖσα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀξιωθεῖσα ἑτέρωθι ἂν εἴη αὐτοῦ καθαρὸν ἐκεῖνο, ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ αὐτῆς ἀφεῖσα. καθαρὸν δὲ ὂν νοήσεως εἰλικρινῶς ἐστιν ὃ ἔστιν, οὐ παραποδιζόμενον τῇ νοήσει παρούσῃ, ὡς μὴ εἰλικρινὲς καὶ ἓν εἶναι.

    In general, thinking, if it is of the Good, is worse than it, so it would not belong to the Good. By “not of the Good” I don’t mean that it is impossible to think the Good—let that be granted—but that there could be no thinking in the Good itself; otherwise the Good and what is less than it will be one together. And if it will be worse, thinking will be together with being. And if thinking is better, the object of thought will be worse. So thinking is not in the Good; being worse, and for that reason deemed worthy of the Good, it would be somewhere other than the Good, leaving it pure of itself, as of everything else. And being pure of thinking, it is purely what it is, not hampered by the presence of thinking so as to be no longer pure and one.

    εἰ δέ τις καὶ τοῦτο ἅμα νοοῦν καὶ νοούμενον ποιοῖ καὶ οὐσίαν καὶ νόησιν συνοῦσαν τῇ οὐσίᾳ, καὶ οὕτως αὑτὸ νοοῦν θέλοι ποιεῖν, ἄλλου δεήσεται καὶ τούτου πρὸ αὐτοῦ· ἐπείπερ ἡ ἐνέργεια καὶ ἡ νόησις ἢ ἄλλου ὑποκειμένου τελείωσις ἢ συνυπόστασις οὖσα πρὸ αὑτῆς καὶ αὐτὴ ἄλλην ἔχει φύσιν, ᾗ καὶ τὸ νοεῖν εἰκότως· καὶ γὰρ ἔχει ὃ νοήσει, ὅτι ἄλλο πρὸ αὐτῆς· καὶ ὅταν αὐτὴ αὑτήν, οἷον καταμανθάνει ἃ ἔσχεν ἐκ τῆς ἄλλου θέας ἐν αὑτῇ. ᾧ δὲ μήτε τι ἄλλο πρὸ αὐτοῦ μήτε τι σύνεστιν αὐτῷ ἐξ ἄλλου, τί καὶ νοήσει ἢ πῶς ἑαυτό; τί γὰρ ἐζήτει; ἢ τί ἐπόθει; ἢ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ὅση, ὡς ἐκτὸς οὔσης αὐτοῦ, καθὸ ἐνόει.

    But if someone makes this too at once thinker and thought, being and thinking joined with being, and wants in this way to make it think itself, it will need something else, and this before it. For activity and thinking, being either the perfection of another substrate or something existing together with it, itself has another nature before it, which is why thinking is reasonable for it: it has something to think, because there is another before it; and when it thinks itself, it as it were learns what it got within itself from its vision of the other. But what has neither anything else before it nor anything with it that comes from another—what will it think, or how will it think itself? For what was it seeking? What was it longing for? Its own power, how great it is, as though that were outside it, in so far as it thought?

    λέγω δέ, εἰ ἄλλη μὲν ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐμάνθανεν, ἄλλη δέ, ᾗ ἐμάνθανεν· εἰ δὲ μία, τί ζητεῖ;

    I mean: if the power of it that it learned was one thing, and the power by which it learned another. But if they are one, what is it seeking?

    κινδυνεύει γὰρ βοήθεια τὸ νοεῖν δεδόσθαι ταῖς φύσεσι ταῖς θειοτέραις μέν, ἐλάττοσι δὲ οὔσαις, καὶ οἷον αὐταῖς τυφλαῖς οὔσαις ὄμμα. ὁ δ’ ὀφθαλμὸς τί ἂν δέοιτο τὸ ὂν ὁρᾶν φῶς αὐτὸς ὤν; ὃ δ’ ἂν δέηται δι’ ὀφθαλμοῦ, σκότον ἔχον παρ’ αὑτῷ φῶς ζητεῖ. εἰ οὖν φῶς τὸ νοεῖν, τὸ δὲ φῶς φῶς οὐ ζητεῖ, οὐκ ἂν ἐκείνη ἡ αὐγὴ φῶς μὴ ζητοῦσα ζητήσειε νοεῖν, οὐδὲ προσθήσει αὑτῇ τὸ νοεῖν. τί γὰρ καὶ ποιήσει, ἢ τί προσθήσει δεόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ νοῦς, ἵνα νοῇ; οὐκ αἰσθάνεται οὖν ἑαυτοῦ — οὐ γὰρ δεῖται· οὐδ’ ἐστὶ δύο, μᾶλλον δὲ πλείω, αὐτός, ἡ νόησις — οὐ γὰρ δὴ ἡ νόησις αὐτός — δεῖ δὲ τρίτον καὶ τὸ νοούμενον εἶναι.

    It seems that thinking has been given as a help to natures that are more divine, yet lesser—an eye, as it were, for them, blind as they are. But what need would the eye have to see what is, if it were itself light? What needs to see through an eye has darkness in itself and seeks light. If, then, thinking is light, and light does not seek light, that radiance, not seeking light, would not seek to think, nor will it add thinking to itself. For what will it do, or what will it add, when even Intellect itself is in need in order to think? So it does not perceive itself—it has no need to. Nor is it two—or rather, more: itself, the thinking (for the thinking is surely not itself), and there must also be a third, the object of thought.

    εἰ δὲ ταὐτὸν νοῦς, νόησις, νοητόν, πάντη ἓν γενόμενα ἀφανιεῖ αὑτὰ ἐν αὑτοῖς· διακριθέντα δὲ τῷ ἄλλο πάλιν αὖ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο ἔσται. ἐατέον οὖν τὰ ἄλλα πάντη ἐπὶ φύσεως ἀρίστης οὐδεμιᾶς ἐπικουρίας δεομένης· ὃ γὰρ ἂν προσθῇς, ἠλάττωσας τῇ προσθήκῃ τὴν οὐδενὸς δεομένην. ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ ἦν ἡ νόησις καλόν, ὅτι ψυχὴ δεῖται νοῦν ἔχειν, καὶ νῷ, ὅτι τὸ εἶναι αὐτῷ ταὐτόν, καὶ ἡ νόησις πεποίηκεν αὐτόν· συνεῖναι οὖν δεῖ τῇ νοήσει τοῦτον καὶ σύνεσιν αὑτοῦ λαμβάνειν ἀεί, ὅτι τοῦτο τοῦτο, ὅτι τὰ δύο ἕν· εἰ δὲ ἓν ἦν μόνον, ἤρκεσεν ἂν αὑτῷ καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἐδεήθη λαβεῖν.

    But if intellect, thinking and intelligible are the same, by becoming entirely one they will make themselves vanish into one another; and if distinguished by otherness, it will once again not be that. So in the case of the best nature, which needs no help, we must leave everything else aside entirely; for whatever you add, you have diminished by the addition the nature that needs nothing. For us thinking was a fine thing, because soul needs to have intellect; and for Intellect, because being is the same for it, and thinking made it. So it must be together with thinking and always grasp an understanding of itself: that this is this, that the two are one. But if it were only one, it would have sufficed for itself and would have had no need to grasp anything.

    ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν λέγεται τούτοις, οἳ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἑαυτῶν ἔργον ἔχουσι διαριθμεῖν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ μαθεῖν, ὅσα καὶ ποῖα ὄντες οὐ πάντα ἴσασιν ἢ οὐδέν, οὐδ’ ὅ τι ἄρχει οὐδὲ κατὰ τί αὐτοί. εἰ δέ τί ἐστιν αὐτῷ, μειζόνως ἐστὶν ἢ κατὰ γνῶσιν καὶ νόησιν καὶ συναίσθησιν αὐτοῦ· ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἑαυτῷ οὐδέν ἐστιν. οὐδὲν γὰρ εἰσάγει εἰς αὑτό, ἀλλὰ ἀρκεῖ αὑτῷ. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδ’ ἀγαθὸν αὑτῷ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις· ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐκ ἂν δέοιτο ἑαυτοῦ· γελοῖον γάρ· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἐνδεὲς ἦν αὑτοῦ. οὐδὲ βλέπει δὴ ἑαυτό· δεῖ γάρ τι εἶναι καὶ γίνεσθαι αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ βλέπειν. τούτων γὰρ ἁπάντων παρακεχώρηκε τοῖς μετ’ αὐτὸ καὶ κινδυνεύει μηδὲν τῶν προσόντων τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκείνῳ παρεῖναι, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ οὐσία.

    That is why “Know yourself” is said to those who, because of their multiplicity, have the task of counting themselves up and learning how many things and what kind of things they are—they do not know all of it, or know nothing—nor what rules in them, nor by what they are themselves. But if he is something, he is it in a greater way than by knowledge, thinking and self-awareness of himself; for he is nothing even to himself. He brings nothing into himself; he is sufficient to himself. So he is not good to himself either, but to the others: they need him, but he would not need himself—that would be ridiculous, for then he would be in want of himself. Nor does he see himself: for something must exist and come to be for him from the seeing. All these things he has handed over to those after him, and it seems that none of the things that belong to the others is present to him, just as being is not.

    οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τὸ νοεῖν, εἴπερ ἐνταῦθα ἡ οὐσία, καὶ ὁμοῦ ἄμφω ἡ νόησις ἡ πρώτη καὶ κυρίως καὶ τὸ εἶναι. διὸ οὔτε λόγος οὔτε αἴσθησις οὔτε ἐπιστήμη, ὅτι μηδὲν ἔστι κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ ὡς παρόν.

    Nor, then, is thinking, if being is here, and the first thinking in the proper sense and being are both together. That is why there is no account of him, no perception, no knowledge: because nothing can be predicated of him as present in him.

    ἀλλ’ ὅταν ἀπορῇς ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ ζητῇς, ὅπου δεῖ ταῦτα θέσθαι, λογισμῷ ἐπ’ αὐτὰ στελλόμενος ἀπόθου ταῦτα, ἃ νομίζεις σεμνὰ εἶναι ἐν τοῖς δευτέροις, καὶ μήτε τὰ δεύτερα προστίθει τῷ πρώτῳ, μήτε τὰ τρίτα τοῖς δευτέροις, ἀλλὰ τὰ δεύτερα περὶ τὸ πρῶτον τίθει, καὶ τὰ τρίτα περὶ τὸ δεύτερον· οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὰ ἕκαστα ἐάσεις, ὡς ἔχει, καὶ τὰ ὕστερα ἐξαρτήσεις ἐκείνων ὡς ἐκεῖνα περιθέοντα ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν ὄντα.

    But when you are puzzled in a matter like this and ask where these things should be placed, then, as you set out toward them by reasoning, put aside the things you consider majestic in the second, and do not add the second to the First, nor the third to the second; place the second around the First and the third around the second. In this way you will leave each as it is, and attach the later ones to the earlier, as running around them, while those remain by themselves.

    διὸ καὶ ὀρθῶς καὶ ταύτῃ λέγεται ‘περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστὶ κἀκείνου ἕνεκα πάντα’, τὰ πάντα ὄντα λέγοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ἐκείνου ἕνεκα, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τοῦ εἶναι αἴτιος αὐτοῖς καὶ οἷον ὀρέγεται ἐκείνου ἑτέρου ὄντος τῶν πάντων καὶ οὐδὲν ἔχοντος, ὃ ἐκείνοις πάρεστιν· ἢ οὐκ ἂν εἴη ἔτι τὰ πάντα, εἴ τι ἐκείνῳ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸν παρείη. εἰ οὖν καὶ νοῦς τῶν πάντων, οὐδὲ νοῦς ἐκείνῳ. αἴτιον δὲ λέγων πάντων καλῶν τὸ καλὸν ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσι φαίνεται τιθέμενος, αὐτὸν δὲ ὑπὲρ τὸ καλὸν πᾶν τοῦτο. ταῦτα δὴ δεύτερα τιθεὶς εἰς αὐτὰ τρίτα φησὶν ἀνηρτῆσθαι τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα γενόμενα, καὶ περὶ τὰ τρίτα δὲ τιθεὶς εἶναι δῆλον ὅτι τὰ γενόμενα ἐκ τῶν τρίτων, κόσμον τόνδε εἰς ψυχήν.

    That is why it is rightly said in this sense too: “Around the king of all are all things, and all things are for his sake.” By “all things” he means the beings, and “for his sake” because he is the cause of their being and they reach out for him, as it were—he who is other than all things and has nothing of what is present in them; or they would no longer be all things, if anything of the others that come after him were present to him. So if intellect too is one of all things, intellect is not in him either. In calling him the cause of all beautiful things, he evidently places beauty in the Forms, and him above all this beauty. Placing these second, he says that the things that come after them are attached to them as third; and placing around the third the things generated from the third, he clearly means this cosmos, attached to Soul.

    ἀνηρτημένης δὲ ψυχῆς εἰς νοῦν καὶ νοῦ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν, οὕτω πάντα εἰς ἐκεῖνο διὰ μέσων, τῶν μὲν πλησίον, τῶν δὲ τοῖς πλησίον γειτονούντων, ἐσχάτην δ’ ἀπόστασιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐχόντων εἰς ψυχὴν ἀνηρτημένων.

    With Soul attached to Intellect, and Intellect to the Good, all things are thus attached to that through intermediaries—some near it, others neighbors of those near—while perceptible things, attached to Soul, stand at the furthest remove.